Changeset 40538


Ignore:
Timestamp:
06/16/17 06:03:09 (6 years ago)
Author:
aafsvn
Message:

[titan] autoupdate wiki files

Location:
wiki/pages
Files:
110 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed

  • wiki/pages/ru/MTD

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.3 MTD''' [=#point3.7.8.6.3] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/MTD.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed info on the raw flash partitions (MTD).
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Mounts

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.4 Mounts''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System-Info-Mounts.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view all mounted devices on the receiver.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Multi-EPG

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.1 Multi EPG''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Multi_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Multi EPG is a small easy to read horozontal Multi Channel EPG.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    19  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
    21 
    22 
    23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info.
    24 
    25 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
    26 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Network

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4 Network''' [=#point3.5.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-Network.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >
    10 here you can set up your network interface and mounts.
    11 please select a menu item for more information
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  * ([wiki:Adaptor-Settings#point3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings])
    15  * ([wiki:WLAN-Settings#point3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings])
    16  * ([wiki:Network-Test#point3.5.4.3 Network Test])
    17  * ([wiki:Network-Restart#point3.5.4.4 Network Restart])
    18  * ([wiki:Network-Browser#point3.5.4.5 Network Browser])
    19  * ([wiki:HTTP-Settings#point3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings])
    20  * ([wiki:DYNDNS-Settings#point3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings])
    21 
    22 [[br]]
    23 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Network-Browser

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.5 Network Browser''' [=#point3.5.4.5] ([WikiStart#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Network-Browser.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup network shares.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    13  
    14 [[br]]
    15 ----
    16 
    17  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    18 
    19  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    20  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    21  
    22  ||'''Red Button: (Add)''' ||This will bring up the add network share.||
    23  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||this will edit the currently selected network mount.||
    24  ||'''Yellow Button: (DEL)''' ||The will Delete the currently selected network share.||
    25  ||'''Blue Button: (Search)''' ||This will search the surrent subnet mask for available network shares.||
    26  ||'''Menu Button: (Auth Settings)''' ||this will allow you to edit the current password and user name.||
    27 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Network-Restart

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.4 Network Restart''' [=#point3.5.4.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Network-Restart.jpg)]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can Restart your network interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  press the __"Ok"__ button to restart the network interface, Press __"Exit"__ to Cancel.

  • wiki/pages/ru/Network-Test

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.3 Network Test''' [=#point3.5.4.3] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Network-Test.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can check your network interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  To Exit from the network test menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
    13  
    14 [[br]]
    15 ----
    16 
    17  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    18 
    19  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    20  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    21  
    22  ||'''Red Button: (TEST)''' ||This will proform a network test.||

  • wiki/pages/ru/News-letter

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.2 News letter''' [=#point3.7.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Newsletter.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view news from the titan team.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 Select a newsitem with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ to view it.
    14 
    15 To Exit from the Menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
    16 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Picture-Player

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.3 Picture Player''' [=#point3.2.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_center-Picture-Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 picture player is where you can view pictures and set up slideshows.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 ----
    13  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    19  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    20  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    21  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    22  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    23 
    24 ----
    25  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    26 
    27 [[br]]
    28 
    29  Picture:
    30  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    31  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    32  ||'''Sound:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    33  ||'''interval:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    34  ||'''Show Pic Title:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    35  ||'''Pic Denom Mode:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    36  ||'''Pic Quality:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    37  ||'''Pic HW Decoder:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    38  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    39  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    40 
    41 
    42  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    43 
    44 
    45  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||???||
    46  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||???||
    47 
    48 ----

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''Plugins''' [=#point3.4.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Plugins.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 
    11 In this menu you can run your plugins start and stop them.
    12 
    13 to start a plugin select it with the D-pad and press __"ok"__
    14 
    15 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  '''Red Button''' This button unloads the currently selected plugin it can not be restarted until the box is rebooted.
    21 
    22  '''Blue Button''' This button restarts the currently selected plugin if it is not loaded or running.
    23 [[br]]
    24 
    25 
    26 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Bootlogos

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Bootlogos are the default logo that shows during startup and the loading cycle of your Receiver.
    7 You may select and install these from the online extentions.
    8 
    9 ||= '''Bikergirl''' =||= '''Blueskulls''' =||= '''Cityflash''' =||= '''Enigmalinux''' =||= '''Fantasygirl2''' =||= '''Fantasygirl''' =||
    10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    11 =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 ||= '''Firelady''' =||= '''Fireskull''' =||= '''Footballgirls''' =||= '''Ghostrider''' =||= '''Giantgirl''' =||= '''Iceage2scrapufs910''' =||
    14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_footballgirls_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    15 =||
    16 [[br]]
    17 ||= '''Linuxgirl''' =||= '''Planets''' =||= '''Thegrimreaper''' =||= '''Zombie''' =||= '''TitanNit 1''' =||= '''TitanNit 2''' =||
    18 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    19 =||
    20 [[br]]
    21 ||= '''TitanNit 3''' =||= '''TitanNit 4''' =||
    22 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    23 =||
    24 [[br]]
    25 ([#point10.2 Top of Page])

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Browser

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit offers a plugin called '''Netsurf''' that allows you to browse the Internet from your receiver. Detailed information will follow.
    7 
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/browser_netsurf/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Channel-Lists

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.6 Channel Lists''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Channel list's are provided by other users.[[br]]
    5 They contain complete satellite listings aswell as sorted favourites to make it[[br]]
    6 easier for you to use on your receiver.
    7 [[br]]
    8 A list of the current channel lists provided are:
    9 
    10 Satellite:
    11  * Hotbird 13.0
    12  * Astra 19.2
    13  * Astra 28.2
    14 
    15 Cable:
    16  * Cable germany
    17  * Cable BW
    18  * Cable Unitymedia
    19  * Primacom Cable
    20 
    21 If you wish to provide your own satellite configurations please post them in the [http://aaf-digital.info AAF forum].
    22 ----
    23 ||= '''Default Kabel''' =||= '''Default Sat''' =||= '''Matze70 Neues Design''' =||= '''Matze70 Sat''' =||
    24 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_cableD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:ipk/source/settings_matze70neueDesign_sat19_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_matze70_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    25 [[br]]
    26 ||= '''Bulldog 3xsat''' =||= '''Sofa Kabel-BW''' =||= '''Uljanow Sat''' =||= '''Unitymedia Cable''' =||
    27 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_3xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_sofa_cableBW_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_uljanow_1sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_unitymedia_cable/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    28 [[br]]
    29 ||= '''Primacom Kabel''' =||= '''Settings Eutelsat 36.0''' =||= '''Kabel Deutschland UH-Kreis''' =||= '''Sat Astra ORF''' =||
    30 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_primacom_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_ser6_eutelsat36_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_paule_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_orf_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    31 [[br]]
    32 ||= '''Kabelplus ORF''' =||= '''Astra 19.2 KabelD''' =||= '''Bulldog 2xsat''' =||= '''Bulldog 1xsat''' =||
    33 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_kabelplus_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_all_2_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_2xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    34 [[br]]
    35 ||= '''SAT/Cable 19.2 13.0 KabelD''' =||
    36 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_andy_2xSat_KabelD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    37 [#point10.6 Top of Page]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Contents

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.1 Plugins''' [=#point10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 
    6 ----
    7 
    8 == Plugin contents ==
    9 
    10 This list contains a list of the current online plugins available in TitanNit, please see [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 3.4 Extentions] for more information on how to install and manage these plugins.
    11 
    12 please select an item below to view the available plugins in the selected area.
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Screensavers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 This section contains information on the various screen savers available in TitanNit.
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Bootlogos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 This section contains information on the various Bootlogos available in TitanNit.
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/browser.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 This section contains information on the various web browsers available in TitanNit.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Info_news.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 This section contains information on the info and news pluggins screen savers available in TitanNit.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Channel_Lists.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 This section contains default channel list for different services available in TitanNit.
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Keymaps.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 This section contains information on the various Keymaps available in TitanNit.
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71   |----
    72   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    73   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Pearl_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins])]]
    75   }}}
    76   '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]'''[[br]]
    77  {{{#!div style="float: left
    78 This section contains information on the various lcd skins available in TitanNit with an addon pearl lcd module.
    79   }}}
    80   }}}
    81   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    82   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Samsung_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins])]]
    84   }}}
    85   '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]'''[[br]]
    86    {{{#!div style="float: left
    87 This section contains information on the various skins available in TitanNit with a samsung display tablet extension device.
    88   }}}
    89   }}}
    90   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    91   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Network.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network])]]
    93   }}}
    94   '''[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network]'''[[br]]
    95   {{{#!div style="float: left
    96 This section contains information on the various network plugins and extensions available in TitanNit.
    97   }}}
    98   }}}
    99   |----
    100   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    101   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    102 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/player.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player])]]
    103   }}}
    104   '''[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player]'''[[br]]
    105   {{{#!div style="float: left
    106 This section contains information on the various media players and media renderers available in TitanNit.
    107   }}}
    108   }}}
    109   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    110   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/fonts.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts])]]
    112   }}}
    113   '''[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts]'''[[br]]
    114   {{{#!div style="float: left
    115 This section contains information on the various gui fonts available in TitanNit.
    116   }}}
    117   }}}
    118   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    119   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    120 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Station_Logos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos])]]
    121   }}}
    122   '''[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos]'''[[br]]
    123   {{{#!div style="float: left
    124 This section contains information on the various pre configures icon sets available in TitanNit for various TV services.
    125   }}}
    126   }}}
    127 |----
    128   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    129   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins])]]
    131   }}}
    132   '''[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins]'''[[br]]
    133   {{{#!div style="float: left
    134 This section contains information on the various Gui Skins available in TitanNit.
    135   }}}
    136   }}}
    137   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    138   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    139 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Games.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games])]]
    140   }}}
    141   '''[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games]'''[[br]]
    142   {{{#!div style="float: left
    143 This section contains information on the various games available in TitanNit.
    144   }}}
    145   }}}
    146   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    147   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Tools.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools])]]
    149   }}}
    150   '''[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools]'''[[br]]
    151   {{{#!div style="float: left
    152 This section contains information on the various system pluggins and tools available in TitanNit.
    153   }}}
    154   }}}
    155 |----
    156   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    157   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    158 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/WLan.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan])]]
    159   }}}
    160   '''[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan]'''[[br]]
    161    {{{#!div style="float: left
    162 This section contains information on the various wereless lan drivers available in TitanNit.
    163   }}}
    164   }}}
    165 |----
    166 }}}
    167 }}}

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Emus

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.4 Emus''' [=#point10.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 contents]) ([Wikistart#point0 Main Page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Emulators are plugins that enable the use and connection to online pay tv services and providers to enable pay TV Reception.
    7 
    8 Ther are many emulators available from to support the connection to different pay TV services.
    9 
    10 Please note that in some countrys and providers this form of on line subscription is illegal please contact your pay TV provider or local authority for more information in this area, please see our [wiki:Disclaimer#point17 disclaimer] on services.
    11 
    12 This section is provided for for use only with providers who allow such use with their pay tv service.
    13 
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_camd3_3_902/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_800/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_806/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_incubus_1_22/preview/prev.png)]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mbox0.6_0010/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_35/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_38a/preview/prev.png)]]
    21 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_newcs/preview/prev.png)]]
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_4736v13/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_7209/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755small/preview/prev.png)]]
    26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8933/preview/prev.png)]]
    27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_nightly/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_spezial/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Fonts

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.12 Fonts''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Should you not like the graphical presentation of titan or its looks[[br]]
    7 you may change it by installing the fonts (numbered left to right):[[br]]
    8 [[br]]
    9 '''1. actionmanitalic'''[[br]]
    10 '''2. alpharomanieg'''[[BR]]
    11 '''3. croissant'''[[BR]]
    12 '''4. default'''[[BR]]
    13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
    17 [[br]]
    18 '''5. digifaceregular'''[[BR]]
    19 '''6. goodtime'''[[BR]]
    20 '''7. ihatecomicsans'''[[BR]]
    21 '''8. lydianbolditalicbt'''[[BR]]
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    26 [[br]]
    27 '''9. mightyzeocaps'''[[BR]]
    28 '''10. monoglyceridedemibold'''[[BR]]
    29 '''11. newgothicbt'''[[BR]]
    30 '''12. paddingtonbold'''[[br]]
    31 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    33 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
    35 [[br]]
    36 '''13. ploverbold'''[[br]]
    37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    38 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Games

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.15 Games''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 This section contains Games that can be installed from the Online Extensions.[[br]]
    7 [[br]]
    8 ||= '''1. catcatch''' =||= '''2. Tic Tac Toe (wins3)'''
    9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_catcatch/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_wins3/preview/prev.png)]] =||

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Infos

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Currently TitanNit offers multiple info plugins that allow the receiver to browse[[br]]
    5 the net or local sources for information/news. Further information on these plugins will follow in near future.
    6 
    7  '''IMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdb/preview/prev.png)]]
    9 
    10 
    11  '''IMDBAPI''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdbapi/preview/prev.png)]]
    13 
    14 
    15  '''News''' enables online viewing of actual news and current events.
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_news/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 
    18 
    19  '''Stock''' enables online viewing of stock reports.
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_stock/preview/prev.png)]]
    21 
    22 
    23  '''Streaminfo''' shows details of the current running stream.
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_streaminfo/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 
    26 
    27  '''TMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_tmdb/preview/prev.png)]]
    29 
    30 
    31  '''Weather''' allows you to view weather details for selecteted locations from online sources.
    32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_weather/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Keymaps

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Using this plugin you can map your remote control commands to[[br]]
    7 the known '''Neutrino''' keymap functionality.[[br]]
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 '''Pearl LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a Pearl USB LCD dotmatric display[[br]]
    7 to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of channel logos, channel name, time and timebar[[br]]
    8 (for remaining time of the running program).
    9  
    10 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
    11 
    12 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
    13  
    14 
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_picon_gross_schwarz/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 '''Samsung LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a[[br]]
    5 Samsung USB LCD dotmatric display to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of[[br]]
    6 channel logos, channel name, time and timebar (for remaining time of the running program).
    7 [[br]]
    8 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
    9 [[br]]
    10 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/preview/prev.png)]]
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/preview/prev.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Network

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.10 Network''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 The Plugins in this section allow you to extend the communication capabillty of your receiver.
    6 These plugins can be downloaded from the online extensions browser.
    7  
    8 
    9 
    10 '''DLNA''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video or audio files[[br]]
    11 directly to other DLNA capable digital devices attached in your home network.
    12 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_dlna/preview/prev.png)]]
    13 
    14 '''Facebook''' allows you login and use Facebook from your receiver.
    15 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_facebook/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 
    17 '''e2webserv''' allows a connection from an E2 client to your TitanNit receiver and allows[[br]]
    18 you to control your receiver, stream channels and recordings and allows managemant of[[br]]
    19 timers (for recordings). Thanks to this plugin it is possible to connect from an iOS[[br]]
    20 App, a PC or Raspberry Pi with the '''XBMC''' software (VU+).[[br]]
    21 It is reported to run with dreaMote Lite, dreaMote, e2RemoteHD[[br]]
    22 and Dreambox Live for iOS aswell as XBMC for Windows7 and Raspberry Pi.
    23 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 
    25 '''libpack''' is a compilation of drivers that extend the[[br]]
    26 communication capability of your receiver.
    27 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 
    29 '''libsmbclient''' is a plugin for low Memory receivers. This[[br]]
    30 plugin has to be installed to enable smbfs setup and usage.
    31 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/preview/prev.png)]]
    32 
    33 '''networkbrowser''' allows you to use your remote control to[[br]]
    34 mount available NFS and CIFSsharepoints inside your local connected network. 
    35 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_networkbrowser/preview/prev.png)]]
    36 
    37 '''OpenVPN''' allows a server client VPN connection. To use this plugin you have[[br]]
    38 to edit the configuration files and should have sophisticated knowledge in netwrok setup.
    39 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/preview/prev.png)]]
    40 
    41 '''Samba''' is needed to include your receiver as a Windows networkdrive.[[br]]
    42 Using the plugin your receiver is a Samba server.
    43 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/preview/prev.png)]]
    44 
    45 '''SmbClient (Win7)''' is a network browser extention for better compatibility with windows 7.
    46 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_smbclient/preview/prev.png)]]
    47 
    48 '''xupnpd - eXtensible UPnP agent''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video, audio files[[br]]
    49 and live tv from a free tuner from your receiver directly to other DLNA capable digital[[br]]
    50 devices attached in your home network.
    51 
    52 What can the xupnpd DLNA server? [[BR]]
    53 
    54 At every start of the current playlists bouquets and images are generated (takes a few seconds), then then starts xupnpd.
    55  Is a tuner free, then to the desired channel is zapped. Single tuner boxes should be in standby. In principle, the same behavior as the stream via the web interface.
    56  There is still the possibility to enable the option "Allow switching by Live Stream" in the web interface settings. Then xupnpd has priority. Note that switches to the station!
    57  
    58 Operation:
    59 Call the plugin in Extensions -> Additional Programs
    60 Autostart yes / no or manual start or stop with green or red
    61 
    62 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_xupnpd/preview/prev.png)]]
    63 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Player

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 '''Players''' are plugins to enable the playback of further file formats and sources.[[br]]
    7 below is a list of available plugins:[[br]]
    8 
    9 ----
    10 
    11 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_codecpack/preview/prev.png,nolink)]]
    13 }}}
    14 |----------------
    15 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    16  '''CodecPack'''
    17 
    18  will enable playback of more Online media file formats such as: (flac ogg mp3 avi dat divx flv mkv m4v mp4 mov mpg mpeg mts m2ts trp ts vdr vob wmv wma wav rm ra)
    19 }}}
    20 [[BR]]
    21 
    22 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/_path_/bin)]]
    24 }}}
    25 |----------------
    26 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    27  '''DtsDownMix'''
    28 
    29  to recode DTS Digital Audio to Stereo output.
    30 }}}
    31 [[BR]]
    32 
    33 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dvdplayer/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/dvdplayer)]]
    35 }}}
    36 |----------------
    37 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    38  '''DVD-Player'''
    39 
    40  will enable playback VOB file format to play back ripped DVD content.
    41 }}}
    42 [[BR]]
    43 
    44 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    45 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_gmediarender/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/gmediarender)]]
    46 }}}
    47 |----------------
    48 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    49  '''GmediaRender'''
    50 
    51  * GmediaRender is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Renderer]__ (DMR / DLNA-Renderer), which allows the __PC__ /__Mobile __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Controller] (DMC / DLNA-Control) to stream __Audio__ / __Video__ and __Picture__ files from a [http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Server] (DMS / DLNA-SERVER) to your reciever.
    52  
    53  * __Windows__
    54    * In Windows Explorer context menu __Right-click__ on Files> Play To> __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__.
    55    * Windows Media Player is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS / DMP / DMS]__ and can control all __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__  present in the network and the media offered to __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__
    56 
    57  * __mobile (Android)__
    58    * for __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Android_%28Betriebssystem%29 Android]__ mobile there is a few __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ __Apps__: __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__, these __Apps__ can control data from__[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ and the __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__  to control your reciever to display media on tyour TV.
    59 
    60    * A very nice feature the  __[http://xupnpd.org/t/ Xupnp Server]__ is able to display your channel list and recordings by Playlist that you can then easily pass directly to the renderer or cell phone.
    61 [[Image(source:/titan/skins/gmediarender/skin/background.jpg,link=http://static.androidnext.de/dlna-schema-450x500.png, 480px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]]
    62 
    63  * some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can display and share __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ network such as:
    64    * External media / Online Channels (__[https://www.youtube.com/ Youtube]__ / __[https://www.ted.com/ Ted]__ / __[http://www.vimeo.com/‎ Vimeo]__)
    65    * Cloud Storage Hoster (__[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google Drive]__ / __[https://www.dropbox.com/ Dropbox]__ / __[https://onedrive.live.com/ OneDrive]__ / __[https://disk.yandex.com/ Yandex.Disk]__ / __[https://www.box.com/ Box]__)
    66    * Webcam Dienste oder im Netzwerk befindliche Überwachungs Cams.
    67 
    68  * Possibil playback from your  __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ from (__[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/ AllConnect]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ BubbleDlna]__)
    69    *  (some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can control the media playback with such features as volume up/down/ Pause / Play / Stop / fast forward/ reverse)
    70 
    71  * __preview__
    72    * __AirWire__ __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire&hl=de about]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/en/site/users help]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/ Home]__
    73    * __BubbleDlna__ __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#what_is_bubble_upnp_server About]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#faq help]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ Home]__
    74    * __Allconnect__ __[http://allconnectapp.com/presskit/ About]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Help]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Home]__
    75 
    76  In general __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ is a very complex network DLNA software with almost no restrictions in its operation.
    77 
    78 
    79 
    80 }}}
    81 [[BR]]
    82 
    83 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    84 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_hbbtv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/hbbtv)]]
    85 }}}
    86 |----------------
    87 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    88  '''HbbTv'''
    89 
    90  is a media client connect to HBB-TV Online media.
    91 }}}
    92 [[BR]]
    93 
    94 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    95 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_mc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/mc)]]
    96 }}}
    97 |----------------
    98 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    99  '''MediaCenter'''
    100 
    101  [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media center] to playback picutres, audio and video files
    102 }}}
    103 [[BR]]
    104 
    105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tithek/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tithek)]]
    107 }}}
    108 |----------------
    109 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    110  '''Tithek'''
    111 
    112 Titannit online hoseted media (online library).
    113 }}}
    114 [[BR]]
    115 
    116 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    117 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tmc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tmc)]]
    118 }}}
    119 |----------------
    120 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    121  '''Tmc'''
    122 
    123  Tmc - to playback movies from a local connected Network device
    124 }}}
    125 [[BR]]
    126 
    127 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    128 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/imdbfolder)]]
    129 }}}
    130 |----------------
    131 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    132  '''FolderIcons'''
    133 
    134 to add a graphical icon to your media folders.
    135 }}}
    136 [[BR]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Screensavers

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.1 Screensavers''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Screensavers show during the playback of music or when the reciever is not in use to protect the tv screen from dammage from long term static images.
    7 You may select and install screensavers from the online extentions.
    8 
    9 ||= '''Default''' =||= '''Animation Kidds''' =||= '''Beach''' =||= '''Bikes Motorcycles''' =||= '''Brands Logos''' =||= '''Cars''' =||
    10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/default)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/animation.kidds)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/bikes.motorcycles)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/brands.logos)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cars)]]
    11 =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 ||= '''Celebrations''' =||= '''Celebrities''' =||= '''Christmas''' =||= '''Creative Graphics''' =||= '''Cute''' =||= '''Digital Universe''' =||
    14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrations)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrities)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/christmas)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/creative.graphics)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cute)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/digital.universe)]]
    15 [[br]]
    16 ||= '''Dreamy Fantasy''' =||= '''Eisriesenwelt''' =||= '''Fantasy Girls''' =||= '''Fc Bayern''' =||= '''Flowers''' =||= '''Games''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/dreamy.fantasy)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/eisriesenwelt)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fantasy.girls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fcbayern)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/flowers)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/games)]]
    18 [[br]]
    19 ||= '''HDR Pictures''' =||= '''Hotgirls 1''' =||= '''Hotgirls 2''' =||= '''Inspirational''' =||= '''Love''' =||= '''Movies''' =||
    20 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/HDR-Pictures)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls_2)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/inspirational)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/love)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/movies)]]
    21 [[br]]
    22 ||= '''Nature Landscape''' =||= '''Others''' =||= '''Photography''' =||= '''Planes''' =||= '''Radio''' =||= '''Sports''' =||
    23 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/nature.landscape)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/others)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/photography)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/planes)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/radio)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/sports)]]
    24 [[br]]
    25 ||= '''Travel World''' =||
    26 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/travel.world)]] =||
    27 [[br]]
    28 ([#point10.1 Top of Pge])

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Skins

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Installing one of the follwing skins will change the look of the titan interface you may select and install skins from the online extentions.[[br]]
    7 
    8 ||= '''0Acht5Zehn''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnblack''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnwhite''' =||= '''Cool''' =||= '''CoolMiniTV''' =||= '''Default''' =||
    9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_black)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_white)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/coolMiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]
    10 =||
    11 [[br]]
    12 ||= '''Default no MiniTV''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue-MiniTV''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV''' =||= '''MetrixHD''' =||
    13 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/defnominitv)]]||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MetrixHD)]]
    14 =||
    15 [[br]]
    16 ||= '''NoGfx''' =||= '''NoGfx Grey''' =||= '''SmartTV''' =||= '''tobayer01''' =||= '''ufs912''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx)]]=||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx_grey)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/smartTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/tobayer01)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/ufs912)]]
    18 =||
    19 
    20 ([#point10.14 Top of Page])

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Tools

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_autotimer/preview/prev.png)]] 
    9 }}}
    10 |----------------
    11 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    12  '''Auto timer'''
    13 
    14  Set repeat timers for timer recordings to automatically record[[br]]
    15  the same program in future (i.e. serials) or automatic channel switch
    16 
    17 }}}
    18 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    19 [[BR]]
    20 
    21 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_callmonitor/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 }}}
    24 |----------------
    25 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    26  '''Callmonitor'''
    27 
    28  Incoming / outgoing phone calls are displayed on the screen.
    29 
    30 }}}
    31 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    32 [[BR]]
    33 
    34 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    35 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_filemanager/preview/prev.png)]]
    36 }}}
    37 |----------------
    38 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    39  '''Filemanager'''
    40 
    41  Access your files on the receiver and external drives[[br]]
    42  move/copy/delete them.
    43 
    44 }}}
    45 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    46 [[BR]]
    47 
    48 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    49 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_IP-Kamera/preview/prev.png)]]
    50 }}}
    51 |----------------
    52 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    53  '''IP Camera'''
    54 
    55  An in-network IP camera can be displayed on the screen.[[br]]
    56  Movement of the camera is possible if the camera supports it.
    57 
    58 }}}
    59 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    60 [[BR]]
    61 
    62 {{{#!th style="border: none" rowspan=0 align=left
    63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdpearl1/preview/prev.png)]]
    64 }}}
    65 |----------------
    66 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    67  '''LCD-Pearl'''
    68 
    69  Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Pearl-USB picture frame.[[br]]
    70  Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point110.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]).
    71 }}}
    72 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    73 [[BR]]
    74 
    75 
    76 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    77 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdsamsung/preview/prev.png)]]
    78 }}}
    79 |----------------
    80 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    81   '''LCD-Samsung'''
    82 
    83  Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Samsung-USB picture frame.[[br]]
    84  Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point110.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]).
    85 
    86 }}}
    87 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    88 [[BR]]
    89 
    90 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    91 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_optimize/preview/prev.png)]]
    92 }}}
    93 |----------------
    94 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    95  '''Optimize'''[[BR]][[BR]]
    96  A tool to optimize the channel lists in TitanNit. Redundant transmitters[[br]]
    97  and transponders can be removed here.[[br]]
    98  The speed when scrolling through the channel list increases.
    99 
    100 }}}
    101 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    102 [[BR]]
    103 
    104 
    105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/preview/prev.png)]]
    107 }}}
    108 |----------------
    109 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    110  '''Parted'''
    111 
    112  Parted is neccessary to format a Harddisk with a capacity larger 2TB. After installing[[br]]
    113  the plugin it is active so you can setup your Haiddisk straight away.
    114 
    115 }}}
    116 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    117 [[BR]]
    118 
    119 
    120 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    121 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_PermanentTime/preview/prev.png)]]
    122 }}}
    123 |----------------
    124 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    125  '''Permanent Time'''
    126 
    127  Activate it and the time is shown permanently on your screen[[br]]
    128  until you call up the function again to deactivate it.
    129 
    130 }}}
    131 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    132 [[BR]]
    133 
    134 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    135 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_tsschnitt/preview/prev.png)]]
    136 }}}
    137 |----------------
    138 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    139  '''Record cut'''
    140 
    141  With 'Record cut' You can edit the recordings in titan by cutting the beginning and end.[[br]]
    142  Start the desired movie with the internal player, at the desired start-point and End-point[[br]]
    143  press the -0- Key on your Remote Control. To view the set markers press -5- on your Remote Control.[[br]]
    144  'Record cut' is now started and by pressing the -Green- button select the movie and with the -Blue- button[[br]]
    145  By pressing the -Yeelow- button the cutting process can be executed in the backbround.[[br]]
    146  After the Process has finished an information is shown on the TV-screen.[[br]]
    147  The Process can be watched or abborted by pressing the -Red- button.
    148 
    149 }}}
    150 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    151 [[BR]]
    152 
    153 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    154 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_rgui/preview/prev.png)]]
    155 }}}
    156 |----------------
    157 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    158  '''RGUI'''
    159 
    160  With Rgui you can access a different Titan Receiver.[[br]]
    161  You may also access the TV Program of the other receiver.[[br]]
    162  Streaming between both receivers is also possible.
    163 }}}
    164 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    165 [[BR]]
    166 
    167 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    168 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_scriptexec/preview/prev.png)]]
    169 }}}
    170 |----------------
    171 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    172  '''Scriptexec'''
    173 
    174  A small plugin to execute code on the receiver.
    175 
    176 }}}
    177 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    178 [[BR]]
    179 
    180 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    181 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_stopifnotused/preview/prev.png)]]
    182 }}}
    183 |----------------
    184 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    185  '''stop if not used'''
    186 
    187  Your receiver is automatically turned off after a set time should no further Key be pressed.[[br]]
    188 
    189  Autostart = yes / no - Time to Action (min) = 30/60/90/120/180/240 - Action = standby / off
    190 
    191 }}}
    192 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    193 [[BR]]
    194 
    195 
    196 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    197 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_usbreset/preview/prev.png)]]
    198 }}}
    199 |----------------
    200 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    201  '''USB Reset'''
    202 
    203  Attached USB devices are re-read.
    204 }}}
    205 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    206 [[BR]]
    207 
    208 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    209 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_zapback/preview/prev.png)]]
    210 }}}
    211 |----------------
    212 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    213  '''Zapback'''
    214 
    215  Zapback will after a given time automatically switch back to a pre-set channel .
    216 
    217 }}}
    218 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-Wlan

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit is compatable with several usb Wireless lan devices below is a list of compatable wireless modules chipset's:
    7 
    8  * Realtek RTL8192SE (802.11N)
    9  * Realtek RTL8712U (802.11N)
    10  * Ralink RT2870STA (802.11N)
    11  * Ralink RT3070STA (802.11N)
    12  * Ralink RT5370STA (802.11N)
    13 
    14 Drivers can be installed from any of the above devices from the online extentions ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)])
    15 
    16 ||= '''WLAN 8192 driver''' =||= '''WLAN Driver 8172u''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt2870sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt3070sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt5370sta''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8192cu/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8712u/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt2870sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt3070sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt5370sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||

  • wiki/pages/ru/Plugins-station-logos

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.13 Channel logos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 '''picons_transparent'''
    6 
    7 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    10 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    11 [[BR]]
    12 [[br]]
    13 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    14 
    15 '''picons_black3d'''
    16 
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[BR]]
    21 [[br]]
    22 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    23 
    24 '''picons_gold'''
    25 
    26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    29 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    30 [[BR]]
    31 [[br]]
    32 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    33 
    34 '''picons_Kabel'''
    35 
    36 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/preview/prev.png)]]
    37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/preview/prev.png)]]
    38 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/preview/prev.png)]]
    39 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    40 [[BR]]
    41 [[br]]
    42 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    43 
    44 '''picons_transparent_small_black'''
    45 
    46 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    47 [[BR]]
    48 [[br]]
    49 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    50 
    51 '''picons_white3d'''
    52 
    53 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    54 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    55 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    56 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    57 [[BR]]
    58 [[br]]
    59 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    60 
    61 '''picons_white70'''
    62 
    63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    64 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    65 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    66 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    67 [[BR]]
    68 [[br]]
    69 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    70 
    71 '''picons_X_LightTransparen'''
    72 
    73 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    74 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    75 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    76 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    77 [[BR]]
    78 [[br]]
    79 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    80 
    81 '''picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small'''
    82 
    83 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small/preview/prev.png)]]
    84 [[BR]]
    85 [[br]]
    86 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    87 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Power-Off-Timer

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.8.4 Power Off Timer''' [=#point3.8.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.8 Standby-Poweroff (return)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Power-Off-Timer.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 > here you change your shutdown settings such as fixed shutdown timer.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Quick-Start-Guide

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''Quick Start Guide''' [=#point0] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    6 ----
    7 
    8 TitanNit was designed to do two things really well. It can display live tv and it play your videos and recordings, the scope of this quick start guide will explain the setup and operation of those features in a short precise way.
    9 This section was designed for those who do not care to ever read the manual and just want to jump in and get their hands dirty in all that is TitanNit.
    10 
    11 Note: It is asumed the decoder has just been freshly removed from the packing or freshly had TitanNit installed and is booted with the default settings if you wish to install TitanNit please see the section [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation and Recovery Contents]
    12 be aware that as TitanNit has been developed for multiple hardware devices the precedures outlined below may not be the same as your reciever.
    13 
    14 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide.
    15 ----
    16 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    17  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    18   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    19   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    20 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_Up_the_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point0.1])]]
    21   }}}
    22   '''([#point0.1 Setting Up the language])'''[[br]]
    23   {{{#!div style="float: left
    24 click here to find info on setting up the language
    25   }}}
    26   }}}
    27   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    28   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    29 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_Network.png,align=left,link=[#point0.2])]]
    30   }}}
    31   '''([#point0.2 Setting Up the Network])'''[[br]]
    32   {{{#!div style="float: left
    33 click here to find info on setting up the Network
    34   }}}
    35   }}}
    36   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    37   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_HDD.png,align=left,link=[#point0.3])]]
    39   }}}
    40   '''([#point0.3 Setting Up the Hdd])'''[[br]]
    41   {{{#!div style="float: left
    42 click here to find info on setting up the HDD
    43   }}}
    44   }}}
    45   |---
    46   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    47   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up-the_Tuner.png,align=left,link=[#point0.4])]]
    49   }}}
    50   '''([#point0.4 Setting Up the Tuner])'''[[br]]
    51   {{{#!div style="float: left
    52 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner
    53   }}}
    54   }}}
    55   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    56   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    57 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Preforming_a_Scan.png,align=left,link=[#point0.5])]]
    58   }}}
    59   '''([#point0.5 Proforming a Scan])'''[[br]]
    60   {{{#!div style="float: left
    61 click here to find info Proforming a Scan
    62   }}}
    63   }}}
    64   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    65   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    66 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Orginising_Your_Channels.png,align=left,link=[#point0.6])]]
    67   }}}
    68   '''([#point0.6 Orginising Your Channels])'''[[br]]
    69   {{{#!div style="float: left
    70 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels
    71   }}}
    72   }}}
    73   |---
    74   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    75   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    76 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.7])]]
    77   }}}
    78   '''([#point0.7 Setting Up a Media])'''[[br]]
    79   {{{#!div style="float: left
    80 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media
    81   }}}
    82   }}}
    83   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    84   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    85 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Playing_Back_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.8])]]
    86   }}}
    87   '''([#point0.8 Playing Back Media])'''[[br]]
    88   {{{#!div style="float: left
    89 click here to find info Playing Back Media
    90   }}}
    91   }}}
    92   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    93   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    94 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Conclusion.png,align=left,link=[#point0.9])]]
    95   }}}
    96   '''([#point0.9 Conclusion])'''[[br]]
    97   {{{#!div style="float: left
    98 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan
    99   }}}
    100   }}}
    101   |----
    102   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    103   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    104 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Apendixcies.png,align=left,link=[#point0.10])]]
    105   }}}
    106   '''([#point0.10 Apendixcies])'''[[br]]
    107   {{{#!div style="float: left
    108 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics.
    109   }}}
    110   }}}
    111 }}}
    112 }}}
    113 [[br]]
    114 [[br]]
    115 
    116 
    117 
    118 
    119 
    120 
    121 
    122 
    123 ----
    124 ''' Welcome to TitanNit! '''
    125 ----
    126  
    127 Congratulations new users to your choice in your new Atemio Receiver or on the instalation of TitanNit onto your exising receiver. The TitanNit interface is designed with the 'Home Theater' in mind. This means it is best viewed on a large-screen TV while you sit on your couch 10-feet away from the TV, If it helps, you can think of TitanNit as the ultimate media player/Set-top-box, rather than just another set top box operating system.
    128  
    129 
    130 ----
    131 '''Setting Up the Language''' [=#point0.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    132 ----
    133 By default the language of the TitanNit interface is in German and must be switched on setup to your language.
    134 To set up the language of the interface go to menu the __"Menu"__ and select > __"Einstellungen"__ > __"Sprache"__ then select the language desired then the reciever will then reboot and restart with the new language settings.
    135 
    136 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Language.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]]
    137 [[br]]
    138 [[br]]
    139 
    140 ----
    141 '''Setting Up the Network''' [=#point0.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    142 ----
    143 To Set Up the Network Interface of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__
    144 
    145 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-Network.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]]
    146 
    147 If you wish to setup a wired network select __"LAN Interface Setup"__ and press the red button.
    148 you will then be presented with a list of network settings, set up your reciever as required and press __"OK"__ and follow the on screen propmts.
    149 
    150 If you wish to setup a wireless network select __"WLAN"__
    151 if your sever is sending out a ssid you may press the __"Red button"__ and preform a scan of available networks, select your network and press ok to save.
    152 you will then need to set your security type and key using the remote and press the __"green button"__ to start the network connection.
    153 [[br]]
    154 [[br]]
    155 
    156 ----
    157 '''Setting Up the Hdd''' [=#point0.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    158 ----
    159 If you have just purchased your receiver or converted from the manufactures included software the hdd will need formatting and setting up for use with TitanNit.
    160 
    161 To format the Hdd of the receiver to be able to be used with TitanNit go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"format Device"__ then select the hdd you wish to format. (Note: doing this will remove all content on the hdd if you have important data on there please back it up before preforming this step.)
    162 
    163 you will then need to select the type of file system you wish to use on the hdd if you have no idea what to pick leave it as default, select an item and press the __"OK"__ button.
    164 
    165 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Format-Hdd.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    166 
    167 Now that the Hdd is formatted you may set it up, go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"Configure device"__
    168 
    169 Select the Hdd you formatted before and and then you will be presented with a set of features to enable the hard disk to be used for.
    170 I suggest you enable all options.
    171 [[br]]
    172 [[br]]
    173 
    174 ----
    175 '''Setting up the Tuner''' [=#point0.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    176 ----
    177 
    178 Before you can watch TV you must set the tuner up in the Reciver as your system is physically connected to your Satellite cable or trestrial antenna.
    179 
    180 As no two systems are the same we will show you how to set up a simple single universal lnb connected to your reciever with a list of satellites in your sky you wish to receive.
    181 
    182 Before we can do this we need to program in a list of satellites and transponders as not all satellite lists are installed in the Reciever by default.
    183 
    184 ''Setting up the default transponder/satellite lists''
    185 
    186 Programming in transponders can be quite daunting for new users so the devs have set up a simple way to program your transponders into yoru receiver, the [wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List] function can download transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo, this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc, receiver or from a satellite xml generator, this greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
    187 (Note that these transponder lists may not allways be 100% correct as services may change)
    188 
    189 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Create-Transponder-List.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    190  
    191 Go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__ > __"Create Transponder List"__ and follow the onscreen propmts to download a current list of transponders from your selected tuner type.
    192 
    193 
    194 Alternativly you can use the[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] from your pc this is a little bit more flexible that you can just program in the satellites you wish to recieve as opposed to every satelite or transponder programmed into the repo, the hard core or pro users may prefer this option to customise their setup.
    195 
    196 Proform these steps in this sequence to import a list of satellites on to your receiver:
    197 
    198  * Download a satellite xml file for the satellites you wish to receive from an [[http://satellites-xml.eu/ | Online xml generator]]
    199  * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver.
    200  * Import the xml file.
    201 
    202 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/Import-Satellite.png)]]
    203 
    204 
    205  * Upload the satellite.xml file to your receiver
    206 
    207 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/6.png)]]
    208 
    209 The reciever will then reboot if it does not then reboot manually to comit the changes.
    210 
    211 ''Setting up the tuner''
    212 
    213 To Set up the Tuner of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__
    214 
    215  * 1 Select tuner 0/0 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/1"__
    216  * 2 Select tuner 0/1 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/0"__
    217  * 3 Select tuner 0/0 and press the __"Red Button"__ to configuere the tuner
    218  * 4 Select the satellite type press sideways and select __"Single Lnb"__.
    219  * 5 Scroll down and select __"SAT 1"__ press the sideways key and select the satellite you wish to receive.
    220  * 6 Scroll down to Lnb/Unicable and press the __"Red Button"__ to configure the lnb type.
    221  * 7 scroll down to LOF/Unicable press the sideways key and select universal.
    222  * 8 Press ok button twice to store the lnb type and tuner configuration.
    223  * Repeat steps 4-8 on tuner 0/1
    224 
    225 your lnb is now set up and if all was done correctly you should now be able to scan for stations on the selected satellite.
    226 [[br]]
    227 [[br]]
    228 
    229 ----
    230 '''Proforming a Scan''' [=#point0.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    231 ----
    232 
    233 Before you can watch TV you must preform a scan of the transponders for available channels
    234 
    235 To Proforming a Scan of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel Service"__ >__"Automatic Search"__ and press the __"Red Button"__ as you have already setup your satellites and transponders the default settings will be ok.
    236 
    237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Automatic-Search.jpg, 50%)]]
    238 
    239 Once the scan has finished you may press the __"Green"__ button to store all the channel data or alternativly you may select the individual channels and press the __"Red"__ button.
    240 
    241 [[br]]
    242 [[br]]
    243 
    244 ----
    245 '''Orginising Your Scanned Channels''' [=#point0.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    246 ----
    247 Now you have your receiver setup you can start to watch tv if you exit from the menu after proforming the scan you should be presented with a high definition display of your local tv stations.
    248 but as you may notice they are un orginised and it may be hard finding the tv stations you wish to watch for this you can orginise them in to your own persionalised favourite menu's.
    249 The easyest way to do this is with the [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor].
    250 
    251  * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver.
    252  * Read in the channel data as follows :
    253 
    254 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/6.png)]]
    255 
    256 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/7.png)]]
    257 
    258 
    259 '' Favourites setup ''
    260 
    261 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
    262 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
    263 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
    264 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
    265 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
    266 
    267 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/8.png)]]
    268 
    269 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
    270 
    271 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/9.png)]]
    272 
    273 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
    274 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
    275 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
    276 
    277 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/10.png)]]
    278 
    279 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
    280 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
    281 
    282 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/11.png)]]
    283 
    284 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
    285 obtains further channel numbers:
    286 
    287 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/SCLE/12.png)]]
    288 [[br]]
    289 [[br]]
    290 
    291 ----
    292 '''Setting Up a Media Source''' [=#point0.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    293 ----
    294 To Set up a media source to be acessable from the reciever of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__> __"Network Browser"__
    295 
    296 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Network-Browser.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    297 
    298 now press the __"Red"__ button to add a source and you will be presented with a list of share options.
    299 set up your share type adress and details for your media server and press __OK"__ to store it in.
    300 
    301 your share will now be mounted and it will now show up in the media/net/ directory
    302 
    303 [[br]]
    304 [[br]]
    305 
    306 ----
    307 '''Playing Back Media''' [=#point0.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    308 ----
    309 To Play back a media file or recording it is very simple, to open the default media player press the __"PLAY"__ button and you will be presented with the player file select display, Navigate the file list and select the file you wish to play.
    310 You may play media from your network share by browsing to the media/net if you wish.
    311 
    312 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    313 [[br]]
    314 [[br]]
    315 
    316 ----
    317 '''Conclusion''' [=#point0.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    318 ----
    319 Conclusion
    320  
    321 Thanks for reading this Quick Start Guide. Below in the "Apendixces" section you will find additional suggested reading that may be useful for getting started with the advanced features of TitanNit.
    322 
    323 [[br]]
    324 [[br]]
    325 
    326 ----
    327 '''Apendixcies''' [=#point0.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    328 ----
    329 Please see below for more advanced topics and information
    330 
    331  * [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]
    332  * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]
    333  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]
    334  * [wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]
    335  * [wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins]
    336  * [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]
    337 
    338 We have tried our best to make this quick start manual as complete and precice as we can if you have any issuies with this manual, wish for something to be added, thank or abuse us please see [wiki:Community#point14 Community] for information on how to contact us.
    339 
    340 Oh and by the way as a final remark thanks for choosing TitanNit!.
    341 [[br]]
    342 [[br]]
    343 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Ram

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6 Ram''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/System-Info-Ram.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the memory information.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Receiver-Unlock

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.10 Receiver Unlock''' [=#point3.5.10] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system_receiver_unlock.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can unlock the special features of the decoder after purchase.
    10 
    11 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Record-Path

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.8 Record Path''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Record_Path.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can recording directorys.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Movie  Path''' ||This is the path to the Movie Directory.||
    14  ||'''Timer Record Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the timer recordings are stored.||
    15  ||'''Record Patht''' ||This is the path to the directory where the manual recordings are stored.||
    16  ||'''Timeshift Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the Timeshift files are stored.||
    17  ||'''Stream Path''' ||This is the path to the directory where temporary Streams are stored.||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]
    22 ----
    23 
    24  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    25 
    26  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    27  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    28  
    29  ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This button allows editing of the above paths it will bring up an onscreen keyboard to edit the string selected.||
    30  

  • wiki/pages/ru/Records

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.5 Records''' [=#point3.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Records.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Recordings is where you can set up and edit timer set recordings.
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14 ----
    15 
    16  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    17 
    18  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    19  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    20  
    21  ||'''Red Button: (Del)''' ||This will delete the currently selected timer or recording.||
    22  ||'''Green Button: (Add)''' ||this will add a new timer recording.||
    23  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop/ Start)''' ||this will stop or start the currently selected timer recording.||
    24  ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past log file for the past timer recordings.||
    25 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Red-Button

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.4 Red Button''' [=#point3.6.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 >
    6 >Menu Picture place holder:
    7 >
    8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Red_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    9 >
    10 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the red button
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Remote-Device-Control

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''4 Remote/ Device control''' [=#point4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    5 ----
    6 == Remote/ Device control ==
    7 
    8 This section contains information about how to control your decoder and how it can be controlled from local and remote sources and helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    9 
    10 
    11  ''Please select a menu item from the GUI for more information''
    12 
    13 ----
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Remote_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.1])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.1 4.1 RC Remote control]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 click here to find info on setting up the language
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/On_Device_control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.2])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.2 4.2 On Device Control]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 click here to find info on setting up the Network
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Web_Interface.png,align=left,link=[#point4.3])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.3 4.3 Web Interface]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 click here to find info on setting up the HDD
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |---
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Telnet_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.4])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Control]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Rgui.png,align=left,link=[#point4.5])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 click here to find info Proforming a Scan
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Bootloader.png,align=left,link=[#point4.6])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71   |---
    72   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    73   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/TitanNit_WebIF.png,align=left,link=[#point4.7])]]
    75   }}}
    76   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit WebIF]'''[[br]]
    77   {{{#!div style="float: left
    78 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media
    79   }}}
    80   }}}
    81   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    82   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/FTP.png,align=left,link=[#point4.8])]]
    84   }}}
    85   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.8 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]'''[[br]]
    86   {{{#!div style="float: left
    87 click here to find info Playing Back Media
    88   }}}
    89   }}}
    90   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    91   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Autostart_Scripting.png,align=left,link=[#point4.9])]]
    93   }}}
    94   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.9 4.9 Autostart Scripting (usercmd.sh)]'''[[br]]
    95   {{{#!div style="float: left
    96 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan
    97   }}}
    98   }}}
    99  
    100 }}}
    101 }}}
    102 [[br]]
    103 [[br]]
    104 
    105 
    106 
    107 ----
    108 '''4.1 RC Remote Control''' [=#point4.1] ([#point4 top of the page])
    109 
    110 ----
    111  * ([#point4.1.1 RC Atevio700])
    112  * ([#point4.1.2 RC Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600])
    113  * ([#point4.1.3 RC Atemio500, Atemio510])
    114  * ([#point4.1.4 RC Atemio520])
    115  * ([#point4.1.5 RC Atemio520-V2])
    116  * ([#point4.1.6 RC Atemio530])
    117 
    118  * ([#point4.1.7 RC UFS910])
    119  * ([#point4.1.8 RC UFS912])
    120  * ([#point4.1.9 RC UFS922])
    121 
    122 [[BR]]
    123 [[BR]]
    124 [[BR]]
    125 
    126 
    127 
    128 
    129 '''4.1.1 RC Remote Control Atevio700''' [=#point4.1.1]  ([#point4.1 back])
    130 [[BR]]
    131 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    132 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio700.png)]][[br]]
    133 }}}
    134 |----------------
    135 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    136  
    137 '''TEXT RC Atevio 700'''
    138 
    139 }}}
    140 
    141 [[br]]
    142 [[br]]
    143 [[br]]
    144 
    145 
    146 
    147 '''4.1.2 RC Remote Control Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600''' [=#point4.1.2]  ([#point4.1 back])
    148 [[BR]]
    149 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    150 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio7000.png)]][[br]]
    151 }}}
    152 |----------------
    153 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    154  The section contains information on the functions and operation of your remote control unit.
    155 
    156  '''Special Function Buttons operation during channel streaming'''
    157 
    158  
    159  ||'''Resolution:''' ||This Key Switches the videomode.||
    160  ||'''V.Format:''' ||This Key Switches the Video format.||
    161  ||'''Recall:''' ||This key can bring up the recent channel history so you can jump easily between programs.||
    162  ||'''Info:''' ||This Button displays the infobar.||
    163  ||'''fav:''' ||This button brings up the favourite and Bouquet lists to easily select programs.||
    164  ||'''Menu:''' ||This key opens the menu.||
    165  ||'''Sleep:''' ||This Key can setup the sleep timer.||
    166  ||'''Help:''' ||This key can display detailed information and help text's.||
    167  ||'''Exit:''' ||This key exits menus and popups .||
    168  ||'''text:''' ||This key shows the teletext display.||
    169  ||'''Ok:''' ||This button confirms menu items and popups.||
    170 
    171 [[br]]
    172 
    173 '''Programming the universal remote to operate a supported TV'''
    174 
    175 This section explains how to automatically search and program your universal remote control to operate your tv
    176 
    177 NOTE: If there are no inputs for 10 seconds during setting the TV RC code the setting mode is terminated.
    178 
    179 '''Automatic code search '''
    180 
    181  * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
    182 
    183    Enter the code 001. The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry.
    184 
    185  * Press and hold the "ON / OFF" button until the TV turns off.
    186    
    187    Note: The LED flashes every 1.5 seconds and sends a new TV power rc code.
    188 
    189  * Release the button immediately then press the "OK" button to store the TV code.
    190 
    191   (This can take up to 15 minutes to cycle all the tv's pre programmed in to the remote from the factory)
    192 
    193    If you dont let go of the power key in time it will step to the next RC Power button code if this happens use the D-Pad down to rewind 5 codes to attempt to store the code again.
    194 
    195  * To interrupt the search mode, press the Exit button for 2 seconds and return to normal operation or wait for 10 seconds with no key presses.
    196 
    197  * The remote control blinks 5 times at the end of the list if the tv has not turned off by the time your tv is not a supported model.
    198 
    199 '''Reset remote to factory programming'''
    200 
    201 This will reset the remote back to a factory non programmed state, this is necessary if the remote  needs to be reprogrammed to operate a new TV and was previously programmed.
    202 
    203  * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
    204 
    205  * Enter the code 000.
    206  
    207  * The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. The remote control will now be reset (no code programmed)
    208 
    209 
    210 }}}
    211 
    212 [[br]]
    213 [[br]]
    214 [[br]]
    215 
    216 '''4.1.3 RC Remote Control Atemio 500 / Atemio 510''' [=#point4.1.3]  ([#point4.1 back])
    217 [[BR]]
    218 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    219 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio510.png)]][[br]]
    220 }}}
    221 |----------------
    222 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    223  
    224 '''TEXT RC Atemio 500/510'''
    225 
    226 }}}
    227 
    228 [[br]]
    229 [[br]]
    230 [[br]]
    231 
    232 '''4.1.4 RC Remote Control Atemio 520''' [=#point4.1.4]  ([#point4.1 back])
    233 [[BR]]
    234 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    235 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520.png)]][[br]]
    236 }}}
    237 |----------------
    238 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    239  
    240 '''TEXT RC Atemio 520'''
    241 
    242 }}}
    243 
    244 [[br]]
    245 [[br]]
    246 [[br]]
    247 
    248 '''4.1.5 RC Remote Control Atemio 520 V2''' [=#point4.1.5]  ([#point4.1 back])
    249 [[BR]]
    250 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    251 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520-V2.png)]][[br]]
    252 }}}
    253 |----------------
    254 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    255  
    256 '''TEXT RC Atemio 520-V2'''
    257 
    258 }}}
    259 
    260 [[br]]
    261 [[br]]
    262 [[br]]
    263 
    264 '''4.1.6 RC Remote Control Atemio 530''' [=#point4.1.6]  ([#point4.1 back])
    265 [[BR]]
    266 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    267 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio530.png)]][[br]]
    268 }}}
    269 |----------------
    270 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    271  
    272 '''TEXT RC Atemio 530'''
    273 
    274 }}}
    275 
    276 [[br]]
    277 [[br]]
    278 [[br]]
    279 
    280 
    281 '''4.1.7 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS910''' [=#point4.1.7]  ([#point4.1 back])
    282 [[BR]]
    283 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    284 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs910.png)]][[br]]
    285 }}}
    286 |----------------
    287 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    288  
    289 '''TEXT RC UFS 910'''
    290 
    291 }}}
    292 
    293 [[br]]
    294 [[br]]
    295 [[br]]
    296 
    297 
    298 
    299 
    300 '''4.1.8 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point4.1.8]  ([#point4.1 back])
    301 [[BR]]
    302 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    303 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs912.png)]][[br]]
    304 }}}
    305 |----------------
    306 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    307  
    308 '''TEXT RC UFS912'''
    309 
    310 }}}
    311 
    312 [[br]]
    313 [[br]]
    314 [[br]]
    315 
    316 
    317 
    318 '''4.1.9 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point4.1.9]  ([#point4.1 back])
    319 [[BR]]
    320 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    321 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs922.png)]][[br]]
    322 }}}
    323 |----------------
    324 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    325  
    326 '''TEXT RC UFS922'''
    327 
    328 }}}
    329 
    330 [[br]]
    331 [[br]]
    332 [[br]]
    333 
    334 
    335 
    336 [[br]]
    337 ----
    338 '''4.2 On Device Control''' [=#point4.2] ([#point4 top of the page])
    339 
    340 ----
    341 
    342 
    343 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
    344 
    345 The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the onboard buttons.
    346 Please note: the control is very limited from the on device controls but simple menu and tv control's can be made:
    347 
    348 '''Device Controll keys'''
    349 
    350  
    351  ||'''Power''' ||This Key Switches to the power menu or shuts down depending on the "power action" see ([#point3.6.6 Adjust]) for more info. ||
    352  ||'''Menu:''' ||This Key brongs up the on screen display/ menu. ||
    353  ||'''Ok:''' ||This key accept on screen prompts. ||
    354  ||'''D-pad:''' ||These buttons can control the volume and TV channel when on the TV display it can also be used to navigate the menu and on screen prompts. ||
    355 
    356 ----
    357 '''4.3 Web Interface''' [=#point4.3] ([#point4 top of the page])
    358 ----
    359 
    360 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
    361 
    362 The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the web interface over LWAN, LAN or wifi.
    363 
    364 [[br]]
    365 
    366 ----
    367 '''4.3.1 Channel list''' [=#point4.3.1] ([#point4 top of the page])
    368 ----
    369 
    370 [[br]]
    371 
    372  ||'''All''' ||Show All Channels from all Bouquets .||
    373  ||'''Sat''' ||Sort channels By Satellite.||
    374  ||'''provider:''' ||Sort channels By provider.||
    375  ||'''A-Z:''' ||Sort channels Alphabetically.||
    376  ||'''Bouquets:''' ||Sort channels By Boquet.||
    377 
    378 
    379 [[br]]
    380 ----
    381 '''4.3.2 Box Control''' [=#point4.3.2] ([#point4 top of the page])
    382 ----
    383 
    384 [[br]]
    385  
    386  ||'''Power Control:''' ||This brings up the links to control the power settings (shutdown, restart, etc....)||
    387  ||'''Message:''' ||Send a message to the display of the tv.||
    388  ||'''Remote:''' ||Bring up the remote on the web page for control of the decoder.||
    389  ||'''Screenshot OSD:''' ||Take a screen shot of the OSD.||
    390  ||'''Play Movie (URL:''' ||Play a movie from the selected url.||
    391 
    392 [[br]]
    393 ----
    394 '''4.3.3 Movies''' [=#point4.3.3] ([#point4 top of the page])
    395 ----
    396 
    397 [[br]]
    398 
    399 This will bring up a list of the movie directory on the receiver please see ([#point3.12.5 Web Controls]) for more information
    400 
    401 [[br]]
    402 ----
    403 '''4.3.4 Timer''' [=#point4.3.4] ([#point4 top of the page])
    404 ----
    405 
    406 [[br]]
    407  
    408  ||'''Timer List:''' ||Show a list of the timer Recordings.||
    409  ||'''Timer Archive:''' ||Show a list of all the completed timer recordings.||
    410  ||'''Add Timer:''' ||Add a timer recording.||
    411 
    412 [[br]]
    413 ----
    414 '''4.3.5 System''' [=#point4.3.5] ([#point4 top of the page])
    415 ----
    416 
    417 [[br]]
    418  
    419  ||'''Extensions:''' ||Show a list of alailable extensions and plugins to install.||
    420  ||'''System update:''' ||Update the system  software.||
    421  ||'''System Backup:''' ||backup the system to an image file.||
    422  ||'''Settings Backup/ restore:''' ||Take/ restore a backup of the current settings and config.||
    423 
    424 [[br]]
    425 ----
    426 '''4.3.6 Settings''' [=#point4.3.6] ([#point4 top of the page])
    427 ----
    428 
    429 [[br]]
    430 
    431  ||'''system settings:''' ||This brings up a list of the items in the adjust menu of the receiver See [wiki:Adjust#point3.6.6 Adjust] for more information on the items in this menu.||
    432  ||'''Oscam web interface:''' ||Shows config http information for the oscam plugin (if installed).||
    433  ||'''Xupnpd:''' ||Shows information on the Xupnpd media streaming plugin.||
    434 
    435 [[br]]
    436 ----
    437 '''4.3.7 Information''' [=#point4.3.7] ([#point4 top of the page])
    438 ----
    439 [[br]]
    440 
    441 This section contains detailed config and system info about your reciever and TitanNit.
    442 Please see the below links for more information on the items contained with in this menu.
    443 
    444  * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service])
    445  * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter])
    446  * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About])
    447  * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming])
    448  * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)])
    449  * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog])
    450  * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog])
    451  * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info])
    452  * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log])
    453 
    454 [[br]]
    455 ----
    456 '''4.3.8 Help''' [=#point4.3.8] ([#point4 top of the page])
    457 ----
    458 
    459 [[br]]
    460  
    461  ||'''Offline help:''' ||Currently this has no function and is for future use.||
    462  ||'''Online help:''' ||Shows this wiki from the web interface for help and support.||
    463 
    464 
    465 [[br]]
    466 ----
    467 '''4.3.9 Web Controls''' [=#point4.3.9] ([#point4 top of the page])
    468 ----
    469 
    470 [[br]]
    471 
    472 '''Filelist Display Web Buttons'''
    473 
    474 This section explains the functions and discriptions of the icons displayed on the web page along side the file list display.
    475 
    476  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Webstream.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (web Stream) ||
    477  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Stream.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (Stream) ||
    478  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Delete.png)]] ||This button deletes the selected program ||
    479  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Edit.png)]] ||This button downloads the selected program ||
    480  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Singleepg.png)]] ||This button displays the (EPG) ||
    481  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/web_radio.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio only (radio)||
    482  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/web_tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio and video (TV)||
    483  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Cross.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is not available ||
    484  
    485 
    486 '''Other Web Buttons'''
    487 
    488 This section explains the functions and discriptions icons displayed on the web page title area.
    489 
    490  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Rcopen.png)]] ||This button shows or hides the onscreen remote control ||
    491  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Poweroff.png)]] ||This button turns off the Receiver ||
    492  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Restart.png)]] ||This button restarts the Receiver ||
    493  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Guirestart.png)]] ||This button restarts the GUI ||
    494  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Standby.png)]] ||This button puts the receiver into standby ||
    495  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Speak_On.png)]] ||This button mute's the sound ||
    496  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/web_led_on.png)]] ||These buttons select the volume 10 to 100% (left to right) ||
    497  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Record.png)]] ||This button starts a Recording ||
    498  ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Signal.png)]] ||This button shows the signal info's ||
    499  ||EPG Search ||This box enables you to search the EPG type your test into the box and press enter. ||
    500 
    501 [[br]]
    502 ----
    503 
    504 To open the web interface, use an Internet browser and enter the ip address of your decoder in the adress bar as follows: you may find your ip adress from the system information/network display.
    505 
    506 http:// IP.of.receiver
    507 
    508 [[br]]
    509 
    510 
    511 ----
    512 '''4.4 Telnet Control''' [=#point4.4] ([#point4 top of the page])
    513 ----
    514 
    515 
    516 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Telnet_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
    517 
    518 The section contains information on the operation of your Receiver over a telnet session.
    519 
    520 '''Telnet Setup'''
    521 
    522  * Eithernet Interface Telnet Setup
    523 
    524   1 A Network connection must be active
    525 
    526   2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]).
    527 
    528   3 Find the IP address from the system info ([wiki:Network#point3.7.8.5 Network]) section
    529 
    530   4 Insert the IP address info into the telnet client
    531 
    532   5 Click connect.
    533 
    534 [[br]]
    535  
    536  * Serial Interface Telnet Setup
    537 
    538   1 Connect a null modem cable between the Receiver and PC
    539 
    540   2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty])
    541 
    542   3 Set up the serial port connection parameters
    543 
    544   4 Click connect.
    545 
    546 After the above steps are completed you will now be presented with a console where you can login to your Receiver with a username and password.
    547 
    548 after entering your login information there are a few receiver specific functions that may be handy if you require information on basic telnet commands i suggest you have a look on [http://www.linux.org linux.org]
    549 
    550 '''Remote RC debugging'''
    551 {{{
    552 #!python
    553 killall -9 evremote2
    554 evremote2
    555 }}}
    556 [[br]]
    557 
    558 '''Start FTDI driver'''
    559 {{{
    560 #!python
    561 mknod / dev.static/ttyUSB0 c 188 0"
    562 }}}
    563 [[br]]
    564 
    565 '''Test FTDI driver commands'''
    566 {{{
    567 #!python
    568 ls-al / dev/ttyUSB0
    569 }}}
    570 [[br]]
    571 
    572 {{{
    573 #!python
    574 cat /proc/bus/usb/devices
    575 }}}
    576 [[br]]
    577 
    578 {{{
    579 #!python
    580 lsmod | grep usbserial
    581 }}}
    582 [[br]]
    583 
    584 '''Take a screen shot'''
    585 {{{
    586 #!python
    587 /sbin/grab -j 100 -r 960 /tmp/000.jpg
    588 }}}
    589 
    590 ----
    591 '''4.5 Rgui''' [=#point4.5] ([#point4 top of the page])
    592 ----
    593 [[br]]
    594 
    595 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
    596 
    597 
    598 RGui is a TitanNit plugin which allows you to operate your Receiver from a different Receiver. Only the Gui is completely transmitted.
    599 
    600 Thus one can operate the receiver remotely, but not stream the TV signal.
    601 
    602 [[br]]
    603 
    604 
    605 
    606  
    607 
    608 ----
    609 '''4.6 Bootloader''' [=#point4.6] ([#point4 top of the page])
    610 ----
    611 [[br]]
    612 
    613 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
    614 
    615 
    616 == Iboot is a boot loader. ==
    617 
    618 "written by Solala based on based on the project uboot by wolfgang denk [http://www.denx.de]"  (Iboot is included in versions of TitanNit from 1.32 for the atemio and atevio receivers) [[br]]
    619 Please note that there is differences between the Iboot menu structure on the different models of decoders.
    620 
    621 ''' Functions of the boot loader:'''
    622 
    623 * Identification of the Hardware
    624 * Starting the Image
    625 
    626 
    627 ''' Iboot early startup menu '''
    628 
    629 To enter the Iboot startup menu shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control.
    630 Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay from here you may scroll through the list of available menu items using the D-pad -OK- and -Exit- buttons on the RC Remote.
    631 
    632 
    633 ----
    634 ''' Expert Mode ''' (not present in av700/7000)
    635 ----
    636 
    637 [[br]]
    638 
    639 Expert mode is a setting allowing you to enable the advanced menu in Iboot that are hidden by default as these extra setting's enable such features as overclocking that could void your warranty.
    640 
    641 To switch Iboot into __"Expert Mode"__ Shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control .
    642 Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay
    643 
    644 now using D-pad left / right select __"SETTINGS"__  and with up / down button select __"set OSD color"__ and click __"OK"__
    645 now using the left and right D-pad buttons  left / right to change the colors
    646 with up / down set the colors individually to
    647 
    648 for the '''AM 510/AM520 ''' the code is
    649 
    650  * Red = 11
    651 
    652  * Green = 47
    653 
    654  * Blue = 11
    655 
    656 for the '''AM 7500/7600 ''' the code is
    657  
    658  * Red = 7
    659 
    660  * Green = 10
    661 
    662  * Blue = 5
    663 
    664 
    665 Then press the __"Exit"__ button twice to return to the menu __"Flash"__ the display on the TV screen should now show:
    666 
    667 ''' ! YOU ACTIVATED EXPERT MODE ! ''' - expert mode enabled
    668 
    669 ''' ! NO WARRANTY ----- USE AT YOUR OWN RISK ! ''' No warranty - use at your own risk
    670 
    671 if you dont agree : execute ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU
    672 
    673 if you do not want to lose the warranty, you must run ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU
    674 
    675 [[br]]
    676 
    677 ----
    678 '''4.6.1 Main categories''''  [=#point4.6.1] [#point4.6 (back)]   
    679 ----
    680 Please select an item below to see more information.
    681 
    682 [#point4.6.2 (Menu Flash)]
    683 
    684 [#point4.6.3 (Settings)]
    685 
    686 [#point4.6.4 (Menu Misc)]
    687 
    688 [#point4.6.5 (Menu Net)] (not present in av700/7000)
    689 
    690 
    691 == Subcategories ==
    692 
    693 ----
    694 '''4.6.2 Menu Flash ''' [=#point4.6.2] [#point4.6 (back)]
    695 
    696  ||'''USB IRDupdt Image''' ||flash (depending on SETTINGS > Select USB / SATA dev 1-4) via USB stick or USB HDD from sda1 (standard).||
    697  ||'''USBirds list''' ||If several ird Image's are on the USB stick, you can display them, select and then flash the desired one. ||
    698  ||'''Clean environment Sector''' ||Resets the bootargs and resets Iboot to the default settings this disables __"Expert Mode"__. ||
    699  ||'''Clean flash ! Include swap''' ||Deletes the entire image, including the swap area, so all settings, plugins, backups, etc.... are removed. ||
    700  ||'''SATA IRDupdt''' ||look for an ird image on the internal or an external SATA hdd / flash stick (not present in av700/7000). ||
    701  ||'''list SATAirds''' ||When multiple ird Images are stored on the internal or external SATA hdd / flash stick, you can display them select and then flash the desired one (not present in av700/7000). ||
    702  ||'''7 . Allow Iboot Update''' ||This is a developer option included in development bootloaders so you just can flash the ird image ignoring the included boot loader if you wish this setting is not present in av700/7000). ||
    703 
    704 [[br]]
    705 
    706 ----
    707 '''4.6.3 Menu Settings ''' [=#point4.6.3] [#point4.6 (back)]
    708 
    709  ||'''Turbosw'''||Select overclocking speeds available settings are (0)265, (1)265, (2)297, (3)297, (4)333, (5)333, (6)364, (7)364. ||
    710  ||'''Timeout'''||Delay befor selecting the default boot option. ||
    711  ||'''USB Sleep'''||???. ||
    712  ||'''Scroll Speed'''||How fast the VFDisplay module moves. ||
    713 
    714 [[br]]
    715 
    716 ----
    717 '''4.6.4 Menu Misc''' [=#point4.6.4] [#point4.6 (back)]
    718 
    719  ||'''Disclaimer''' ||Shows the info on the bootloader. ||
    720  ||'''Serial Console''' ||Enables Bootloader serial debugging. ||
    721  ||'''Reset Board'''||Resets the Receiver and restarts boot process. ||
    722 
    723 
    724 
    725 
    726 
    727 [[br]]
    728 
    729 ----
    730 ''' Menu Net ''' [=#point4.6.5] [#point4.6 (back)]
    731 
    732 Please note menu item has been superceded and now has no function and it can be ignored. [[br]]
    733 Due to image updates the network setting does not need to be passed on by the bootloader.
    734 
    735 [[br]]
    736 
    737 
    738 ----
    739 '''4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)''' [=#point4.7] ([#point4 top of the page])
    740 ----
    741 
    742 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
    743 
    744 The section contains information on the operation and control of your decoder from the Htmlapi.
    745 
    746 [[br]]
    747 
    748 TitanNit provides its own Htmlapi that is freely distributed so that other developers may interface with a receiver running titan.
    749 
    750 
    751 The Htmlapi is very simple to implement an example message structure is as follows:
    752 
    753  * query?param&param&... for html output
    754 
    755  * queryraw?param&param&... for raw-struct output
    756 
    757 
    758 For example if you would wish to send a RC remote keypress of the "Mute" key the message format would be as follows:
    759 
    760  * __query?sendrc&rcmute__
    761 
    762 
    763 if you would like to retrieve a list of all the current satelites the format would be as follows:
    764 
    765  * __queryraw?getsat__
    766 
    767 
    768 the output message back from the Receiver would be as follows:
    769 
    770  * __satname#orbitalpos__
    771 and an example raw output would be:
    772 
    773 > {{{Optus_d2#160}}}[[br]]
    774 > {{{Optus_d1#166}}}[[br]]
    775 > {{{Intelsat_IS19#156}}}[[br]]
    776 
    777 ''more information on the protocol and the query strings can be found here [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/browser/titan/doc/htmlapi.txt htmlapi.txt]''
    778 
    779 [[br]]
    780 
    781 ----
    782 '''4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)''' [=#point4.8] ([#point4 top of the page])
    783 ----
    784 
    785 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Filezilla.jpg)]][[br]]
    786 
    787 The section contains information on how to setup a FTP connection to your TitanNit Receiver.
    788 
    789 [[br]]
    790 
    791 Titan Has an inbuilt FTP Server that is able to be used to transfer files to and from your Receiver.
    792 
    793 To connect to your receiver you can connect via your browser in windows or use a dedicated FTP program as with many linux programs the default password and user name is "root" and port 21 is the default FTP interface port.
    794 
    795 You connect to your receiver via internet explorer on your pc to do this you need to find the IP address fo the decoder from the system information menu [wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.4 Network Information] of your receiver and type it into the address bas as follows:
    796 
    797 {{{ftp://Username:Password@Ip_Address:Port_Number}}}
    798 
    799 {{{ftp://root:root@192.168.0.1:21}}}
    800 
    801 if you Wish to use a dedicated FTP program please read the documentation supplied with your program for information on setup of the FTP connection, Below is a screen shot of Filezilla a popular Free FTP client Program with a sample loggin details of my Receiver.
    802 
    803 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/FileZilla-Setup.jpg)]][[br]]
    804 
    805 ----
    806  '''4.9 autostart scripting (usercmd)''' [=#point4.9] ([#point4 top of the page])
    807 ----
    808 
    809 If you wish to run a script on startup of the Receiver you can install commands in the usercmd.sh to be proformed at the startup of the receiver.
    810 
    811 a sample of the usercmd.sh is below:
    812 
    813 {{{
    814 #!python
    815 #! / bin / sh
    816  # Start the user commands here
    817 echo " [ usercmd.sh ] start"
    818  # insert code here
    819  exit
    820 }}}
    821 
    822 the {{{__"# insert code here"__}}} section must be replaced by your commands.
    823 
    824 If you place the following code in to the usercmd.sh it will delete every time shift file on the internal hdd on startup of the receiver:
    825 
    826 {{{
    827 #!python
    828 rm -f /media/hdd/movie/timeshift*.ts
    829 }}}
    830 
    831 If you place the following code in to the usergmd.sh it will autostart the FTDI driver.
    832 {{{
    833 #!python
    834 mknod / dev.static/ttyUSB0 c 188 0"
    835 }}}
    836 [[br]]
    837 
    838 
    839 the full path to the file is:
    840 __"/mnt/config/usercmd.sh"__
    841 
    842 
    843 
    844 
    845 
    846 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Restore-Default-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.13 Restore Default Settings''' [=#point3.6.13] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Restore_Default_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can return your device to the default settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Restore Default Settings:''' ||This will restore the settings to the factory default condition.||
    14  ||'''Format MNT With Backup / Restore:''' ||This will format the Mount partition after preforming a backup thern it will restore the restore the backup retaining your settings.||
    15  ||'''Format MNT (all):''' ||This will format the Mount partition deleting all settings to default condition.||
    16  
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----

  • wiki/pages/ru/Rotor-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.4] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Rotor-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can adjust your rotor settings
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Move''' || Select move mode.||
    13  ||'''Fine Move:''' || Select fine move.||
    14  ||'''Limit:''' || Select satellite motor limits.||
    15  ||'''Go to start pos:''' || Goto the satellite starting position.||
    16  ||'''storage position:''' || Select storage position.||
    17    
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19 
    20  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    21 
    22  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in rotor settings.
    23   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons these functions depend on the selected menu item as follows:.
    24 
    25 '''During Move'''
    26  
    27  ||'''Red Button: (Move West)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    28  ||'''Green Button: (Search west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
    29  ||'''Yellow button: (search east)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
    30  ||'''Blue button: (move east)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    31 
    32 '''During Fine Move'''
    33 
    34  ||'''Green Button: (Step west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
    35  ||'''Yellow Button: (Step East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
    36 
    37 '''During Limit'''
    38  
    39  ||'''Red Button: (limit Off)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    40  ||'''Green Button: (limit West)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
    41  ||'''Yellow button: (limit East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
    42  ||'''Blue button: (limit On)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    43  
    44 
    45 '''During goto start position'''
    46  
    47  ||'''Red Button: (Start Position)''' ||go to the selected start position.||
    48 
    49 
    50 '''During Storage Position'''
    51  
    52  ||'''Green Button: (Storage Position)''' ||store selected storage position.||
    53  ||'''Yellow Button: (Goto Position)''' ||move dish to the stored position||

  • wiki/pages/ru/Sat-Finder

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.5 Sat Finder''' [=#point3.5.1.5] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Sat-Finder.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can check your signal info for the current selected channel.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Screensaver-Adjust

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.8 Screensaver Adjust''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Screensaver_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can setup your screen saver
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 
    14  ||'''Screensaver''' ||enable or disable the screensaver display||
    15  ||'''Screensaver Delay:''' ||Set the delat time before the screen saver is displayed.||
    16  ||'''Screensaver Interval:''' ||Set the display time of the Screensaver in multi Pic Mode.||
    17  ||'''Screensaver Type:''' ||Select the type of Screensaver to display on the screen.||
    18  ||'''Screensaver Background:''' ||Select the background during display of the Screensaver.||
    19  ||'''Screensaver Pic:''' ||IN Image mode select the picture to Display as the Screensaver.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
    24 ----

  • wiki/pages/ru/Service

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.1 Service''' [=#point3.7.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you view information on the currently selected service.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Service)''' ||This will display the current service info on the display.||
    19  ||'''Green Button: (PIDs)''' ||This will display the PID info on the display.||
    20  ||'''Yellow Button: (Tuner)''' ||This will display the current Tuner Configuration info on the display.||
    21 
    22 
    23 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Settings-Backup-Restore

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system_Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 > here you can backup and restore your settings.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore.
    13 
    14 
    15 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu. [[BR]]
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your previously saved settings.||
    21  ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to save your settings.||
    22  ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this button to see the backup restore log.||

  • wiki/pages/ru/Single-EPG

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    6 >
    7 Single EPG is a small easy to read vertical epg of a single channel that shows the information of the currently selected program.
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21 
    22 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info.
    23 
    24 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.

  • wiki/pages/ru/Skin

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can select your skin
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Skin-Adjust

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can edit your skin display settings
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.||
    14  ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.||
    15  ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.||
    16  ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.||
    17  ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.||
    18  ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.||
    19  ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.||
    20  ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. ||
    21  ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. ||
    22 
    23  
    24  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    25  
    26 [[br]]
    27 ----

  • wiki/pages/ru/Smart-Card-Reader

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 here you can setup your smart card.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 ----
    14 
    15  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.||

  • wiki/pages/ru/Streaming

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Supported-Receivers

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''7 Compatible Receivers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 Titan was originally releaced for SH4 based hardware from Atemio and Katherin, since the advent and popularity of TitanNit on the SH4 platform it has been releaced to the Mips platform also for instalation the latest Atemio recievers.
    8 
    9 The Atemio 5200 is the first reciever to include a mips based processor and will be the first officially supported reciever not of the SH4 chipset, and marks a new era for TitanNit.
    10 
    11 The current offerings of sh4 based recievers are a lot less powerfull than some of the mips devices out there, part of the reason why titan was developed for the SH4, with titan running on mips hardware we expect to see a very fast very capable feature packed system that we will all look forward to.
    12 
    13 Titan is also in development for the vu+ recievers and may be releaced in the future.
    14 
    15 TitanNit has also been made available for a variety of non-Atemio recievers manufactured by fortis, Atemio identical SH4 Fortis manufactured Receivers.
    16 
    17 
    18 === Currently, the following receivers are directly supported: ===
    19 
    20 
    21 '''SH4 Atemio'''    ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
    22 
    23  * Atemio 510
    24  * Atemio 520
    25  * Atemio 530
    26  * Atevio 700
    27  * Atevio 7000
    28  * Atemio 7600
    29 
    30 '''SH4 Fortis'''  ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage])
    31 
    32  * [#point7.2 Fortis Clones hardware detection]
    33  * Fortis FS-9000
    34  * Fortis FS-9200
    35  * Fortis HS-9510
    36  * Fortis HX-8200
    37  * Fortis HS-7810
    38 
    39 '''SH4 Homecast'''    ([http://www.myhomecast.nl/ Homecast homepage])
    40 
    41  * Homecast Pro
    42 
    43  '''SH4 IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage])
    44 
    45  * Ipbox91
    46  * Ipbox900
    47  * Ipbox910
    48  * Ipbox9000
    49 
    50 '''SH4 Katherin'''   ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage])
    51 
    52  * Kathrein UFS 910
    53  * Kathrein UFS 912 (license charges may apply)
    54  * Katherin UFS 922 (license charges may apply)
    55  * Katherin UFS 960
    56 
    57 '''SH4 Fulan/ Spark'''   ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]
    58 
    59  * [#point7.6 Fulan Clones hardware detection]
    60  * Spark7111
    61  * Spark7162
    62 
    63 '''Mips Atemio'''   ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
    64 
    65  * Atemio 5000 (AKA Nemisis)
    66  * Atemio 5200
    67  * Atemio 6000
    68  * Atemio 6100
    69  * Atemio 6200
    70 
    71 '''Mips Beyonwiz'''   ([Mips Beyonwiz Beyonwiz homepage])
    72 
    73  * Beyonwiz T4
    74 
    75 '''Mips Golden Interstar'''   ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage])
    76 
    77  * Xpeedlx1
    78  * Xpeedlx2
    79  * Xpeedlx3
    80 
    81 '''Mips Miraclebox'''   ([http://www.miraclebox.se/ Miraclebox homepage])
    82 
    83  * MBUltra
    84  * MBMini
    85 
    86 
    87 
    88 '''Mips Sezam'''([http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage])
    89 
    90  * Sezam-Marvel
    91 
    92 
    93 
    94 ----
    95 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    96 ----
    97 
    98 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    99 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    100 
    101 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    102 
    103 Please Note:
    104   * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
    105 
    106   * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these Receivers it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
    107 
    108 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by fortis if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base fortis model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the corect Atemio/Atevio model.
    109 
    110 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    111 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
    112 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||43 cm|| ||
    113 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||34 cm|| ||
    114 ||[#point7.2 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||11- segment||34 cm|| ||
    115 ||[#point7.4 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||11-segment||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    116 ||[#point7.5 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    117 }}}
    118 
    119 
    120 ----
    121 '''Atevio AV 700 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.2]
    122 ----
    123 Single tuner no no built in YouTube, Browser or FreeTV+
    124 
    125 Fortis base model HS-9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    126  
    127   * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
    128   * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
    129   * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
    130   * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
    131   * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
    132   * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
    133   * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
    134   * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
    135   * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
    136   * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
    137   * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
    138   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
    139   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
    140   * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
    141   * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
    142   * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
    143   * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
    144   * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
    145   * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
    146   * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
    147   * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
    148   * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
    149   * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
    150   * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
    151   * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
    152   * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
    153   * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
    154   * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
    155   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
    156   * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
    157   * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
    158   * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
    159 
    160 [#point7 Top of Page]
    161 
    162 ----
    163 '''Atevio AV 7000 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    164 ----
    165 Fortis base model FS-9000 and FS-9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
    166 
    167 FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes"
    168 
    169   * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
    170   * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
    171   * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
    172   * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
    173   * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
    174 
    175   * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
    176   * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
    177   * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
    178   * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
    179   * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
    180  
    181 FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    182 
    183   * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
    184   * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
    185   * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
    186   * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
    187   * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
    188   * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
    189   * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
    190   * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
    191   * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
    192   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
    193   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
    194   * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
    195   * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
    196  
    197 [#point7 Top of Page]
    198 
    199 ----
    200 '''Atevio/ Atemio AV 7500 7600 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    201 ----
    202 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
    203 
    204 Fortis base model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    205 
    206   * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
    207   * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
    208   * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
    209   * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
    210   * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
    211   * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
    212   * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
    213   * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
    214   * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
    215   * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
    216   * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
    217   * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
    218   * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
    219   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
    220 
    221 [#point7 Top of Page]
    222 
    223 ----
    224 '''Atemio AV 500/510 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    225 ----
    226 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
    227 
    228 Fortis base model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    229 
    230   * Fortis HS -7110 HD PVR ? korea
    231   * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
    232   * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
    233   * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
    234   * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
    235   * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
    236   * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
    237   * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
    238   * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
    239   * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
    240   * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
    241   * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
    242   * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
    243   * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
    244   * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
    245   * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
    246   * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
    247   * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
    248   * Ultraplus 900 HD PVR ? New Zealand
    249 
    250 [[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
    251 
    252 ----
    253 '''Fulan based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    254 ----
    255 
    256 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    257 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    258 
    259 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    260 
    261 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by Fulan if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base Fulan model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the Fulan model.
    262 
    263 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    264 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
    265 ||[#point7.7 Fulan 7162]||DVB-S/S2 1,2,3||STI_7162 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
    266 ||[#point7.8 Spark 7111]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7111 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
    267 }}}
    268 
    269 
    270 
    271 ----
    272 '''Fulan/Spark 7162 simular hardware:''' [=#point7.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    273 ----
    274 This model has a STI 7162 Processor, tuner varies by reseller either one two or three tuners 
    275 
    276 Fulan/Spark 7162 and possibly identical boxes:
    277 
    278 
    279  * Golden Media Spark Triplex 0C 00 07 00
    280  * Golden Media Spark One 0C 00 07 00
    281  * SAB Unix Triple HD 0C 00 0E 00
    282  * Amiko Alien 2 0C 00 0A 00
    283  * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 2 0C 00 0B 00
    284  * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 3 0C 00 0B 00
    285  * Visionnet Falcon 0C 00 21 00
    286  * Icecrypt S3700 CHD 0C 00 2B 00
    287  * Truman Top Box 2 Tuners 0C 00 03 00
    288  * Samsat Linux 2 0C 00 20 00
    289  * Satcom 7162 0C 00 1D 00
    290  * Dynavision 7162 0C 00 0D 00
    291  * Superbox Z500 0C 00 15 00
    292  * Delta 0C 00 04 00
    293  * Startrack SRT 2020 HD Plus 0C 00 05 00
    294  * Sogno Spark Triple 0C 00 43 00
    295 
    296 ----
    297 '''Fulan/Spark 7111 simular hardware:'''   [=#point7.8]
    298 ----
    299 This model has a STI 7111 Processor, all models seem to have a single DVB-S2 tuner.
    300 
    301 Fulan/Spark 7111 and possibly identical boxes:
    302 
    303  * Amiko Alien SHD 8900, 09 00 0A 00
    304  * Golden Media 990 CR HD PVR Spark LX 09 00 07 00
    305  * Golden Media Spark Reloaded 09 00 07 00
    306  * Edision Argus Pingulux 09 00 08 00
    307  * Edision Argus Pingulux Plus 09 00 08 00
    308  * Galaxy Innovations GI S8120 09 00 0B 00
    309  * SAB Unix F+ Solo (S902) 09 00 0E 00
    310  * Dynavision Spark 09 00 0D 00
    311  * Dynavision Spark Plus 09 00 0D 00
    312  * Fulan Spark I+ 09 00 1D 00
    313  * Truman Premier 1+ 09 00 03 00
    314  * Samsat Linux 1 09 00 20 00
    315  * Startrack SRT 2020 HD 09 00 21 00
    316  * FullHD FH 2020 HD 09 00 ?? 00
    317  * Yumatu Spark 09 00 ?? 00
    318  * Visionnet Hammer 5400 09 00 21 00
    319  * Visionnet Fireball 101 09 00 21 00
    320  * Superbox S750 09 00 15 00
    321  * Sogno Spark Revolution 09 00 43 00
    322 
    323 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Supported-Recievers

    r40226 r40538  
    1 ----
    2 '''7 Compatable Revievers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
    3 ----
    4 
    5 === Currently, the following receivers are supported: ===
    6 
    7   * Atemio 510/520/530
    8   * Atemio 7600
    9   * Atevio 700/7000
    10   * Kathrein UFS 910
    11   * Kathrein UFS 912/922 (license charges may apply)
    12 
    13 Recently TitanNit has been made available for a variety of non-Atemio Receivers. Identical SH4 Fortis Receivers may work with TitanNit.
    14 
    15 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    16 
    17 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    18 
    19 Please Note:
    20   * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
    21 
    22   * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these decoders it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
    23 
    24 
    25 === Atevio AV 500 HD: ===
    26  
    27 Model HS- 9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    28  
    29   * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
    30   * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
    31   * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
    32   * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
    33   * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
    34   * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
    35   * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
    36   * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
    37   * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
    38   * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
    39   * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
    40   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
    41   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
    42   * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
    43   * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
    44   * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
    45   * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
    46   * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
    47   * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
    48   * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
    49   * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
    50   * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
    51   * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
    52   * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
    53   * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
    54   * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
    55   * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
    56   * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
    57   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
    58   * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
    59   * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
    60   * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
    61 
    62 [#point7 Top of Page]
    63 
    64 === Atevio AV 7000 HD: ===
    65  
    66 The models FS- 9000 and FS -9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
    67 
    68 FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    69 
    70   * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
    71   * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
    72   * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
    73   * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
    74   * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
    75 
    76   * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
    77   * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
    78   * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
    79   * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
    80   * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
    81  
    82 FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    83 
    84   * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
    85   * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
    86   * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
    87   * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
    88   * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
    89   * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
    90   * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
    91   * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
    92   * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
    93   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
    94   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
    95   * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
    96   * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
    97  
    98 [#point7 Top of Page]
    99 
    100 === Atevio / Atemio AV 7500/7600 HD: ===
    101 
    102 Model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    103 
    104   * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
    105   * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
    106   * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
    107   * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
    108   * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
    109   * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
    110   * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
    111   * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
    112   * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
    113   * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
    114   * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
    115   * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
    116   * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
    117   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
    118 
    119 [#point7 Top of Page]
    120 
    121 === Atemio AM 500/510 HD: ===
    122  
    123 Model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    124 
    125   * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
    126   * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
    127   * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
    128   * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
    129   * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
    130   * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
    131   * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
    132   * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
    133   * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
    134   * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
    135   * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
    136   * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
    137   * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
    138   * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
    139   * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
    140   * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
    141   * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
    142 
    143 [[br]][#point7 Top of Page]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Swap

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.70.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Swap.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed info on the swap.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/System-Info

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view system wide information.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:System-Status#point3.7.8.1 System Status])
    14  * ([wiki:Free-Space#point3.7.8.2 Free Space])
    15  * ([wiki:Kernel#point3.7.8.3 Kernel])
    16  * ([wiki:Mounts#point3.7.8.4 Mounts])
    17  * ([wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.5 Network])
    18  * ([wiki:Ram#point3.7.8.5 Ram])
    19  * ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos])
    20 
    21 [[br]]
    22 

  • wiki/pages/ru/System-Status

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/System-Status.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the system status of the receiver.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/System-Update

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can proform a system update
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.||
    14  ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.||
    15  ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.||
    16  
    17  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    18  
    19 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/TPK-Install

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/extensions_TPK-Install(Online).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can install plugins from from the online repo
    9 
    10 
    11 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/TPK-Media

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/extensions_TPK-Install(Media).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source
    9 
    10 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/TPK-Remove

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >Menu Picture place holder:
    7 >
    8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]]
    9 >
    10 >here you can remove your tpk plugins
    11 
    12 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/TPK-Tmp

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.5 Installieren (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-Install(tmp).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory.
    9 

  • wiki/pages/ru/TPK-Upgrade

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-upgrade.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo
    9 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Testpage

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 
    4 Test code:
    5 
    6 
    7 [[CollapsibleStart]]
    8 
    9 nested text.
    10 
    11 [[CollapsibleEnd]]
    12 
    13 
    14 
    15 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Time-to-sleep

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep''' [=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Time-to-sleep.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings.
    9 [[br]]
    10 
    11 
    12  
    13 
    14 [[BR]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Timeshift-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 Here you can edit your timeshift settings
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.||
    15  ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.||
    16  ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.||
    17  ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]
    22 ----

  • wiki/pages/ru/Titan-Changelog

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view the git changelog.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Top

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Top.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed Process info.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Translation

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''16 Translation''' [=#point16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 '''The initial english section and Translation was provided By Professor_jonny'''
    8 
    9 You may contact me on the AAF forum if you have any suggestions or additions to add to the wiki:
    10 
    11 ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])

  • wiki/pages/ru/Troubleshooting

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''12  Troubleshooting ''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 == Troubleshooting Contents ==
    7  
    8 This section explains how to formally submit a bug and provide debug logs so that this imformation is provided to the developers to action, it will explain how to use the trac ticket system to check and submit bugs for futher analisis.
    9 
    10 * Only a __registered__ Users__ can create __Tickets__. If you are not yet registered, you can register here __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Register]__
    11 * The __User__ must be logged in, You can __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Login]__ here
    12 * To achieve a faster and easier __trouble shooting__, we now offer the __Ticketsytem__. That way you can directly pinpoint your __error__ to the competent __Developer__. In the next steps we will explain the new __Ticketsystem__.[[Br]]
    13 * First, check the existing __ Tickets__ if the error has already been reported. This is done as follows. [[Br]]
    14   * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ or go directly to __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__.[[br]]
    15   * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ and tick the __Tickets__ and begin the search.
    16   * Here you can see the current __active Tickets__, if the same error is listed, you can attach your error message to the __Ticket__.[[Br]]
    17 
    18 
    19  please select an item below for more information.
    20 
    21  * ([#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting])
    22  * ([#point12.2 12.2 Bug Update])
    23  * ([#point12.3 12.3 Bug Resolve])
    24  * ([#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel])
    25  * ([#point12.5 12.5 Debug logging])
    26 [[br]]
    27 
    28 ----
    29 '''12.1 Report a new Error''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    30 ----
    31 
    32 * You have discovered a new bug and it has not been reported so you want to create a new ticket[[br]]
    33 * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket New Ticket]__[[br]]
    34   * The following fields __need__ to be filled in.[[Br]]
    35     * __Summary:__
    36       - This is the __displayed name__ of the reported error[[br]]
    37     * __Description:__
    38       - Copy the link from the __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Board (Community)]__ where the posting was made.
    39       - If no posting excists in the __Community__ you can describe the error here.[[br]]
    40     * __Component:__
    41       - Set the critaria suiting the error so the appropriate __Developer__ is informed.[[br]]
    42     * __Responsible:__
    43       - Here the ticket can explicitly be assigned to a specific __Developer__.
    44   * The following fields can be __filled in__. [[Br]]
    45     * __Priority:__
    46       - Blocker - __very urgent__ the __ticket__ requires urgent attention.
    47       - Critical - __urgent__ other tickets or processes depend upon this error.
    48       - Major - __standard__ urgency (__default__).
    49       - Minor - __minor__ has a lot of time and __is not so important__.
    50       - trivial - __of no importance__ has even more time and __is least__ important.
    51     * __Milestone:__
    52       - Default is __standard__ if a more appropriate urgency is required it can be used.
    53     * __Tags__
    54       - This information is used by the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ - is usually not specified/required.
    55     * __Version:__
    56       - Is only applicable from version __2.0__
    57     * __Observer:__
    58       - Only a __Developer__ need to fill in this field if he wants to assign this ticket to a __User__, the user then sees it in __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets] __
    59 
    60   * To complete the ticket you click on the field __create Ticket__
    61 [[br]]
    62 [#point12 Top of Page]
    63 ----
    64 '''12.2 Bug Update''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    65 ----
    66 
    67 * You have discovered a bug and it has been reported but you have aditional information that may be helpfull to the developers to repair the problem or have aditional comments on the problem[[br]]
    68 * Click the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Show Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ or __ [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ Button and __open__ the existing.[[br]]
    69   * The following fields __must__ be filled in.[[Br]]
    70     * __Add comment__:
    71       - Here you can add more details to the error description.[[br]]
    72   * To complete the ticket you click on __Submit changes__
    73 [[br]]
    74 [#point12 Top of Page]
    75 ----
    76 '''12.3 Bug Resolve (Report error as completed)''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    77 ----
    78 
    79 
    80 * You have discovered a previously reported bug is now fixed and want to close the ticket to inform the dev the bug is now fixed.[[br]]
    81 * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ and open the respective ticket[[br]]
    82   * Scroll down to Action and set the field __resolve as__ to __fixed__
    83   * Click on the field _Submit changes__
    84 [[br]]
    85 [#point12 Top of Page]
    86 ----
    87 '''12.4 DebugLevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    88 ----
    89 
    90 
    91 * In the Configuration file /mnt/config/titan.cfg you can set following debug levels
    92   * Minimal: 10
    93   * TopfieldVFD: 40
    94   * Media Center: 50
    95   * MenuList: 60
    96   * Network Browser: 70
    97   * Hard Disk: 80
    98   * Screensaver: 90
    99   * Tithek: 99
    100   * Global: 100
    101   * Ipkg: 130
    102   * Imdb/imdbapi/TMDB: 133
    103   * Eplayer: 150
    104   * Tuning: 200
    105   * Stream/Record/Softcam: 250
    106   * Radio text: 270
    107   * Subtitle: 300
    108   * EPG: 400
    109   * MediaDB: 777
    110   * Mutexes: 900
    111   * Function (in/out): 1000
    112 
    113 * The default debug level = 10
    114 [[br]]
    115 [#point12 Top of Page]
    116 ----
    117 '''12.5 Debug Logging''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    118 ----
    119 
    120 Logging is a means of getting debug messages from the reciever for development and bug tracking purposes, this can be used to attach to a bug report or track ticked to assist the developer to find where a problem or bug may be traced from.
    121 
    122 
    123 * You have several options for logging
    124  * via Telnet:
    125   * A Network connection is assential
    126   * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) configure the PC for Telnet session
    127   * Open the Telnet session to the receiver
    128   * killall -9 rcS titan
    129   * Set: ([#point112.4 DebugLevel=])
    130   * titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2>&1
    131   * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
    132   * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.error.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    133  * Via RS232 (serial connection)
    134   * A Serial connection must consist
    135   * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
    136   * Open serial session to the receiver
    137   * Then send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    138 
    139 * Using debug Images you can also query the kernel messages via a telnet session
    140   * Network connection must exist
    141   * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
    142   * Open serial session to the receiver
    143   * cat/proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1
    144   * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
    145   * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    146 [[br]]
    147 [#point12 Top of Page]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Tuner-Configuration

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Tuner-Configuration.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 work in progress temp data:
    13 
    14  ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.||
    15  ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.||
    16    
    17  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    18 
    19  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    20 
    21  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu.
    22   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    23  
    24  ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point103.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.||
    25  ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.||
    26 
    27 
    28 >'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.2]
    29 
    30 
    31 
    32  ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.||
    33  ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.||
    34  ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.||
    35  ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point103.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.||
    36 
    37 >'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.3]
    38 
    39 ''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings''
    40 
    41  ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.||
    42  ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.||
    43  ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.||
    44 
    45 
    46  '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer
    47 
    48 
    49    
    50 
    51 
    52  
    53 

  • wiki/pages/ru/USB

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/USB.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed info on the ubb hosts and devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/USB-Device

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Autostart_Settings-USB_device.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust autostart settings for usb devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.||
    14  ||'''NTFS write:''' ||Set the ntfs write option or driver.||
    15  ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.||
    16  ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.||
    17 
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.

  • wiki/pages/ru/VFDisplay

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.6 VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
    14  ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
    15  ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.||
    16  ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.||
    17  ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.||
    18  ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.||
    19  ||'''LED Brightness Standby'''  || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Versions

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''6 Versions''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board]
    8 
    9 '''USB Release History'''
    10 
    11  * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB
    12 
    13  * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB
    14 
    15 ''Flash Release History''
    16 
    17 '''tiTan pre Alpha'''
    18 
    19 '''tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a'''
    20 
    21 Changelog Version 1.2A
    22 
    23 - Protect Channel Free Time function
    24   - Switches off after Pineingabe all channels for an adjustable time free
    25   - Virtual keyboard as input means for input boxes on help -/Text button
    26   - Fixes in Deep Standby / Record / Timeshift
    27   - TV / Radio on bluekey can be laid
    28   - Aktualisert station list
    29   - Minor fixes
    30   - Radio station list
    31 
    32 [[br]]
    33 
    34 ----
    35 '''Titan version 1.23'''
    36 ----
    37 
    38 
    39 Changelog Version 1.23 :
    40  
    41  - Kernel update on stm24 P211
    42  - TMDB / imdb / imdbapi fixed
    43  - Tithek youtube fix
    44  - Add mhw and MHW2
    45  - One step OpenTV
    46  - One step dvb -t
    47  - Shut-off timer in the web
    48  - Display setting to in the Infobar of every consignment -
    49  - Fix newsletter on and off
    50  - Fix blind scan
    51  - Fix gmediarender pic view
    52  - Fix nas share as record mount
    53  - Load save video mode in mc
    54  - Fix autostart dlna
    55  - Fix eth0 = off
    56  - Fix manual imdb scan
    57  - Add info button to miniplayer
    58  - Add news category to tithek mainmenu
    59  - Add temp to sort miniplayer
    60  - Fix myvideo
    61  - Add short epg / press 0 in channel list
    62  - Fix MediaDB
    63  - Fix webif cable
    64  - Fix -> set cursor to next cammera
    65  - Update all skins
    66  - Wlan optimize
    67  - Fix patches for lcd support
    68  - Update Settings and Picons
    69  - Fix boot logo
    70  - Add start script before tv
    71  - Fix driver patch
    72  - Change adjust skin
    73  - Fix blinking clock
    74  - Fix formula auto volume change
    75  - Fix rectimer after event
    76  - Optimize tithek
    77  - Fix mute on channel switch
    78 
    79 [[br]]
    80 
    81 ----
    82 '''Titan Version 1.24'''
    83 ----
    84 
    85 
    86  - Changelog Version 1.24
    87  
    88  - New Channel List
    89  - Library continued to improve
    90  - EPG improved
    91  - Format ext3
    92  - Hard drive detection improved ( File Check )
    93  - Improved search settings -
    94  - Added marker for recording -
    95  - Add resettv to begin of HbbTV start
    96  - Add facebook, gmediarender , call monitor , perl / samsung lcd, zapback picture
    97  - Add Atemio preview videos
    98  - Fix transponder
    99  - Change wlan driver
    100  - Add slow motion
    101  - Fix picons
    102  - Fix AddConfig vol
    103  - Fix jfs
    104  - Fix weather
    105  - Add -D cable swap Picons
    106  - Update almost all skins : fix choiceminitv , add usecec & change name ...
    107  - Fix play marker
    108  - Tithek add cache playback ( 10mb/180s )
    109  - Update picons white70 THX matze70
    110  - Update unitymedia cable THX Settings caliban
    111  - Add picon sat1 gold transparent
    112  - Add picons transparent Syfy HD and 13th HD
    113  - Update sat default settings
    114  - Tithek add new hoster
    115  - Use ext3 as default format hdd
    116  - Show different channel name in scan list
    117  - Add cec support / titanium not only the driver
    118  - Fix timer
    119  - Add DVB-T, Support THX gost
    120  - Fix blind scan settings
    121  - Update channel Ulyanov sat
    122  - Update channel sat default
    123  - Update matze70 default settings
    124  - Update Settings matze70 new design
    125  - Fix miniplayer
    126  - Update almost all skins : add cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
    127  - Update titan_grey swapskin (old default)
    128  - Fix mute atevio7000
    129  - Default skin , remove hidden = yes; cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
    130  - Update default skin , just some re - formatting
    131  - At7000 little led fix
    132  - Update almost all skins , at7000 led brightness
    133  - Fix ... stop if not used
    134  - At7000 at led brightness final
    135  - Update infobar enable vol + / - on rcleft / rcright enable ch + / - on ...
    136  - New weather icons
    137  - Add timote
    138  - Update all 0815 skins
    139  - Update tobayer01 skins , small fix in epgsearch , set fontcol2
    140  - Write config newsletter direct entry
    141  - Add timeout newsletter and save only if no timeout
    142  - Update cool & coolMiniTV swapskins
    143  - Next fix ac3 increase enlarge
    144  - Fix youtube
    145  - Fix rectimer after event
    146  - Fix for webif atevio700/7000
    147  - Update vpn
    148  - [ Vpn ] update tun.ko to P211
    149  - Update newsletter start / stop
    150  - Fix blinking clock
    151 
    152 [[br]]
    153 
    154 ----
    155 '''Titan Version 1.25'''
    156 ----
    157 
    158 
    159  - Changelog Version 1.25
    160  
    161  - Fixed problems when shooting and switching with multi-tuner
    162  - CI module recognition improved, inter alia, Fixed maxcam and Unicam problems
    163  - EPG Quick Facts added in the menu. Can also be used by pressing the " 0" are called in the station list.
    164  - Automatic backup (user data such as channel lists , network settings , etc. are automatically moved from the v1.25 in a personal folder and the online update again Made . )
    165  - Update the driver for the card reader
    166  - Bouquet / Favorites list change in the EPG view the << >> buttons
    167  - Automatic subtitle start ( below picture and sound settings adjustable)
    168  - Added Permanent Time-Shift function ( beta / trial version) OMay under Main Menu -> Settings -> TimeShift settings are activated.
    169  - WLAN optimized settings
    170  - Multimedia features further improved
    171  - Fixed problems playing and the forward and rewind recordings
    172  - Search for repetitions in the EPG view by pressing the "0" key added
    173  - Easy Sleep Timer: In addition to entering the numbers can also press the << >> buttons to set the time
    174  - Switch off after receiving end -shutdown on possible OIM Sleep Timer menu , press the " GREEN" for turning off " the mission end "
    175  - Message added the automatic shutdown (eg after an exposure) , in which one has the opportunity to stop the shutdown.
    176  - Direct retrieval of detailed information transmitter by pressing the Info button ( 2x)
    177  - Einstellbar under System Settings " Second Infobar "
    178  - Buffer size and resolution of Internet streams can be selected when retrieving a stream
    179  - Tuner can be disabled via the menu
    180  - Added · New menu item " Audio Delay " under picture and sound settings
    181  - SATA port for hard drive can now be selected in System Settings (SATA Connector = internal / external)
    182  - Programmed series can be stored in a separate folder now
    183  - press OIM Recording Timer menu "Create Directory " button "RED" for
    184  - Online Gallery / TiThek : adaptation of the menu view ( size of the images ) by pressing the menu button.
    185  - [AM 7600 ] New menu item " behavior in the Title" VFDisplay menu added (flashing , fade out / in , show record ... ) .
    186  - Update the icons / symbols in the Infobar , channel list and EPG view
    187 
    188 [[br]]
    189 
    190 ----
    191 '''Titan Version 1.30'''
    192 ----
    193 
    194 
    195  - Changelog Version 1.30
    196 
    197  - Update station list Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
    198  - Update library
    199  - Update (menu interface) Skins
    200  - New bootloader i -boot
    201  - Boot times AM 500/510 HD under 16 seconds
    202  - Boot times AM 7500/7600 HD PVR less than 20 seconds
    203  - Image output on the TV right after the turn of the device.
    204  - Various boat setting
    205  - Simplify installation of future firmware updates
    206  - Dual boot fit ( not yet active)
    207  - New: stations can be assigned to individual CI modules now
    208  - Main menu à System -> CI modules at Blue button (transmitter)
    209  - Support for various CI modules improved.
    210  - Improving the Wi-Fi settings
    211  - Added display HDD / capacity in timer overview and Media Player
    212  - Setting under : Main Menu à Settings à Skin Settings
    213  - Fixed menu display problems in 3D mode
    214  - EPG display improved (jumps with buttons 7 and 9 possible)
    215  - Improved time-shift and permanent time shift function
    216  - Sleep timer improves
    217  - Improved unicable Settings
    218 
    219 [[br]]
    220 
    221 ----
    222 '''Titan Version v1.32'''
    223 ----
    224 
    225 
    226  - Changelog Version 1.32
    227 
    228  - Atemio AM 500 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
    229  - Atemio AM 510 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
    230  - Atemio AM 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    231  - Atemio AM 7600 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    232  - Atevio AV 700 HD
    233  - Atevio AV 7000 HD PVR
    234  - Atevio AV 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    235 
    236  - Update Channel List Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
    237  - Update station list Unity Media and Kabel BW
    238  - Update library
    239  - XXX streams / portals can be hidden in the library. (Menu button in the library press)
    240  - Problem with sorting in the FileList corrected and improved
    241  - Added Smart Card menu item
    242  - Improved file manager / file browser
    243  - Hard disk indicator improved
    244  - Repair function of var improves / mnt
    245  - Auto Timer improves
    246  - Errors in various TPK packages resolved.
    247  - Record timer added in the web interface.
    248 
    249 [[br]]
    250 
    251 ----
    252 '''Titan 1.45iboot'''
    253 ----
    254 
    255 
    256  - Changelog Version 1.32
    257 
    258  - New iboot bootloader
    259  * Memory management improved
    260  * Extended Flash memory to 11MB
    261 
    262  - Optimization of the channel search
    263  - New plug-in ( TPK package) e2webserv
    264  - Problem with subtitles resolved
    265  - 2x rcyellow add to player for subtitle
    266  - Support of 4TB hard drives
    267  - Update Video Player
    268  - Problem sorting the provider corrected
    269  - EPG search improves
    270  - Fixed problem with dlna
    271  - Problem with NSFB and Call Monitor resolved
    272  - Subtitle and EPG PID is stored in the recording
    273  - ARD library added
    274  - Update imdbfolder
    275  - Update the various menu languages
    276  - File Browser improves
    277  - Swap mount problem solved
    278  - Memory test before plugin installation added
    279  - Installation of TPK packages improved.
    280  - Installation FLASH (FLASH) : install in flash memory is deleted after a firmware update .
    281  - MNT installation ( FLASH) : installation in the flash, still present after firmware update.
    282  - SWAP installation (USB or HDD): Installing to USB / HDD , still present after image update .
    283  - Titan -plugin- keymaps -neutrino • Fixed problems with plug
    284  - Update all Skins
    285  - Media Player improves
    286  - improved CI module support
    287  - Update Web Interface
    288  - Added EPG Webtimer
    289  - Screenshot Auto Refresh
    290  - Fixed problem with recording button
    291  - Update the list of channels
    292  - unicable function ( single-cable ) improved
    293  - Problems with unicable receiving fixed
    294  - Permanent Time shift function improved. With the Play button can now be called up again the recording folder .
    295  - improved WLAN function
    296  - Added function to backup / restore settings
    297  - Update the screen saver
    298  - Support for ext4 -> storage media can be formatted now available in ext4 .
    299  - Plug-in ( TPK packets)
    300  - improved auto- timer plugin
    301  - channel lists revised
    302  - New plug Enigma2 WebIf API ( network) only .
    303  * Allows access to TitanNit by an E2 clients (eg dreaMote App on Iphone ) . After installing the program on a Atemio receiver with TitanNit it is possible by means of an E2 - clients to control the receiver to stream channels and recordings , and manage the timer. This works both with a corresponding app on iOS or on a PC (or Raspberry Pi ) with the XBMC software ( VU +).
    304  * We tested dreaMote Lite , dreaMote , e2RemoteHD and Dreambox Live on iOS , and with XBMC under Windows7 and Raspberry Pi
    305  - Zapback advertising Zapper PlugIn
    306  - Fixed problems with TPK packages "open VPN " and " gemediarender "
    307 
    308 [[br]]
    309 
    310 ----
    311 '''Titan 1.47iboot'''
    312 ----
    313 
    314 
    315  - Changelog Version 1.32
    316  
    317  - In the Media Center was "start at the last position" fixed.
    318  - The RC Recall function for the Atemio 520 was installed.
    319  - For remote controls, the RC-resolution and the RC mute on the Atevio700/7000 and Atemio 7600 all key bindings now work correctly.
    320  - The resolution function has been extended for Scart and YUV.
    321  - The recording of the screen shoot for the background image is taken after 10 min of recording, the recording is shorter then the first frame is taken.
    322  - The Screenshoot function in Media Center on the Record button fixed.
    323  - In the web interface at the Screenshoot now the video display plus the OSD will display.
    324  - In the Media Center automatic TMDB / imdb wallpapers search has been fixed.
    325  - The manual search in imdb has been fixed.
    326  - Satellite channel lists default and adjusted TPK updates.
    327  
    328 [[br]]
    329 
    330 ----
    331 '''Titan 1.49iboot'''
    332 ----
    333 
    334 
    335  - Changelog Version 1.47
    336 
    337  - Changed hard drives formatting
    338  - Revised Mount System
    339  - Cutting function of the recordings
    340  - Setting Updates
    341  - HBBTV removed, thus in the image more Ram
    342  - Library revised
    343  - Panel Functions in the Image Settings
    344  - Shifted Flash labels down
    345  -  Installed Screenshoot with video -
    346  - Mediatheques local search built
    347  - Complete base image was updated
    348  - Vizcam, mod oscam and oscam away YMOD
    349  - Web browser favorites update
    350  - Fix mute button
    351  - Marker autoseek
    352  - Fix gbox config
    353  - Fixed TPK updates
    354  - Update the channel lists for TPK and default list
    355  - Adapted picons for new stations
    356  - Skins adapted for new functions in the menus
    357 
    358 [[br]]
    359 
    360 ----
    361 '''Titan 1.50iboot'''
    362 ----
    363 The following ticket fixed:
    364  
    365  - Internal Player - rewind does not work
    366  - General - When updating the 520 one also sees the 5200 updates
    367  - General - Web interface rc rc code image and adaptable boxes mipsel for both missing
    368  - Audio - ac3 sound <- in tv mode has no influence lautstärle leveler
    369  - LCD - Display AM 5000
    370  - Ci - ci modules
    371  - Media Center - Desktop Wallpaper Media Center missing
    372  - General - plug-ins and settings will be lost after each update
    373  - External player - volume leveler no effective
    374  - Gui - showiframe still does not work
    375  - Tuner - Second Tuner ( plug-in) will not appear in the 5200 / recognized
    376  - General - Press CH up / down reversed
    377  - component1 - xupnpd as a DLNA server
    378  - Skins - ... infobar closed from tobayer
    379  - Gui - hdd format it will not be displayed dateisyteme closed
    380  - TitanNit - no record in standby
    381  - System - NTFSwrite parameter resume in closed settings
    382  - General - The wysiwyg display at the wiki editing brings erroneous entries
    383  - General - Protection of minors has no effect
    384  - General - [ Am520 ] flashing display for remote control operation
    385  - General - shift caused by transmitters reboot the box
    386  - General - scripts before and after shooting
    387  - System - menu item will change color saturation color temperature
    388  - General - Recovery time ( recoverrun ) is not saved
    389  - TiThek - No thumbnails of each video in the TiThek
    390  - General - Review Dutch translation
    391 
    392 [[br]]
    393 
    394 ----
    395 '''Titan 1.53iboot'''
    396 ----
    397 The following ticket fixed:
    398  
    399 all
    400  - Revised channel lists
    401  - Reworked skins
    402  - LCD perl fixed
    403  - Fix oscam nightly
    404  - online Library extended (FilmOn TV)
    405  - Improved channel search
    406  - Picon adapted and added new channels
    407  - deleted the 320x240 Picon Samsung LCD, please the X-Light install transparent.
    408    
    409 mipsel
    410  - WLAN Fixed Atemio 5200
    411  - Allow for e2 Telnet and FTP Atemio 5200
    412 
    413 ----
    414 '''Titan 1.55iboot'''
    415 ----
    416 Changelog:
    417  
    418  - Added language files
    419  - Fixed Skins
    420  - Fixed Library (eg, rtl, RTL2, Super RTL, rtlnitro, ntv, vox, etc.) and added new hoster and inserted an improved search function
    421  - Improved web interface (added online and off line help)
    422  - Added IP boxes
    423  - Added Ufs913
    424  - Extended transponder and Settings
    425  - Add PIP and installed Oled Skins for Atemio Nemesis
    426  - EMU installation removed in Flash and configs extended

  • wiki/pages/ru/Video-Player

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.2 Video Player''' [=#point3.2.2]([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can play movies.
    10 
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
    14 ----
    15  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    21  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    22  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    23  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    24  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    25 
    26 ----
    27  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    28 
    29 [[br]]
    30 
    31  videos:
    32  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    33  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    34  ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    35  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    36  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    37  ||'''Backdrop Interval:''' ||sets the change time of the background picture||
    38 
    39  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    40 
    41 
    42  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    43  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    44 
    45 ----
    46 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Video-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.||
    15  ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.||
    16  ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.||

  • wiki/pages/ru/WLAN-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/WLAN-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.||
    14  ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
    15  ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.||
    16  ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
    29  ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
    30  ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    31  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
    32  ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
    33  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.||
    34 

  • wiki/pages/ru/Weather

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.7 Weather''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/weather.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Weather is where you can view the weather around the world.
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]]

  • wiki/pages/ru/Wiki

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    3  
    4 Welcome to the TitanNit Wiki
    5 }}}
    6 ----
    7 '''Noticeboard'''
    8 ----
    9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot/bootlogo.jpg, 240px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]]
    10 {{{#!html
    11 <form action="//sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search?q" method="get">
    12 <input type="text" name="q" value="" size="30"/>
    13 <input type="submit" value="Search wiki"/>
    14 -->
    15 </form>
    16 }}}
    17 
    18 This is the TitanNit Online Manual. Its existence is based solely on the contributions of the members of the community.
    19 
    20 This manual remains incomplete, although it comes closer on a daily basis, as the TitanNit software is continually being developed and improved this site is repeatedly extended and adapted.
    21 
    22 There may be functionality that does not yet exist in this manual, so please feel free to pitch in and make any changes you see fit, that way as TitanNit evolves this manual will continue to evolve as well.
    23 
    24 If you are unsure if you should put some information in here or not, please feel free to contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
    25 Registered users may edit and create pages, and if you wish to access the wiki svn to upload pictures via TortiseSVN please contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
    26 
    27 For those of you who help us by contributing to this wiki might want to keep an eye on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forumdisplay.php?278-TitanNit | TitanNit]] section in the forum, and we may be able to provide you with some developer only beta tools and updates for use to test functions and take forth comming screen shots for the wiki and to test new features.
    28 
    29 Currently translations for other languages would be high on the list if you are able to help with translation's on the wiki go for it if you are able to help with gui translations please see [wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor] for information on creating and submitting these to the devs.
    30  
    31 This manual was created in order to help the users of TitanNit as a place to consolidate the information accrued over the years on the AAFforum and to tap in the flow of information from the developers.
    32 
    33 Please note that information on Emus, Illegal decryption of channels, card sharing and the like is not allowed, any information placed on this wiki is up for editing and modification by the community so don't get angry if it is removed or edited.
    34 
    35 NO copyrighted content is to be placed on this wiki if you are not the copyright holder of pictures or information placed on here or blatently copy works from other sources you may be banned from the wiki and or forum.
    36 
    37 ----
    38 '''Contents Section''' ([WikiStart#point0 Main page(language select)])
    39 [[br]]
    40 ----
    41 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    42  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    43   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    44   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    45 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Quick-Start-Guide.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide])]]
    46   }}}
    47   '''[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide]'''[[br]]
    48   {{{#!div style="float: left
    49 This section contains the quick start guide where users can set up titanin a short precise way.
    50   }}}
    51   }}}
    52   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    53   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    54 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info])]]
    55   }}}
    56   '''[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info]'''[[br]]
    57   {{{#!div style="float: left
    58 This section contains background information in reguards to TitanNit
    59   }}}
    60   }}}
    61   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    62   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    63 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements])]]
    64   }}}
    65   '''[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements]'''[[br]]
    66   {{{#!div style="float: left
    67 This setion contains information on the interface of TitanNit
    68   }}}
    69   }}}
    70   |----
    71   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    72   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Interface-Operation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation])]]
    74   }}}
    75   '''[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]'''[[br]]
    76   {{{#!div style="float: left
    77 This section shows the interface and menu structure within TitanNit
    78   }}}
    79   }}}
    80   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    81   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    82 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control contents])]]
    83   }}}
    84   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]'''[[br]]
    85   {{{#!div style="float: left
    86 This section contains information on the control of titan from the various remote interfaces
    87   }}}
    88   }}}
    89   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    90   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    91 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming])]]
    92   }}}
    93   '''[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming]'''[[br]]
    94   {{{#!div style="float: left
    95 This section contains information on the the various architecture and programming information regarding TitanNit
    96   }}}
    97   }}}
    98   |----
    99   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    100   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Versions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions])]]
    102   }}}
    103   '''[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions]'''[[br]]
    104  {{{#!div style="float: left
    105 This section explains the different versions of TitanNit and their differences.
    106   }}}
    107   }}}
    108   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    109   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    110 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Supported-Recievers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])]]
    111   }}}
    112   '''[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]'''[[br]]
    113    {{{#!div style="float: left
    114 This section details the supported receiver models in TitanNit.
    115   }}}
    116   }}}
    117   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    118   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Installation-Recovery.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery])]]
    120   }}}
    121   '''[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]'''[[br]]
    122   {{{#!div style="float: left
    123 This section contains information on how to install and recover your titan installation.
    124   }}}
    125   }}}
    126   |----
    127   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    128   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    129 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software])]]
    130   }}}
    131   '''[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]'''[[br]]
    132   {{{#!div style="float: left
    133 This section explains external software for use with TitanNit.
    134   }}}
    135   }}}
    136   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    137   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    138 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins])]]
    139   }}}
    140   '''[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugin]'''[[br]]
    141   {{{#!div style="float: left
    142 This section will show you the various plugins available for titan and their source codes.
    143   }}}
    144   }}}
    145   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    146   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    147 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Development.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Development#point11 Development])]]
    148   }}}
    149   '''[wiki:Development#point11 Development]'''[[br]]
    150   {{{#!div style="float: left
    151 This section details information on how to develop plugins for TitanNit.
    152   }}}
    153   }}}
    154 |----
    155   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    156   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    157 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Troubleshooting.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting])]]
    158   }}}
    159   '''[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]'''[[br]]
    160   {{{#!div style="float: left
    161 This section explains using the trac bug system.
    162   }}}
    163   }}}
    164   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    165   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    166 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Manufactures.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufactures])]]
    167   }}}
    168   '''[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufacturers]'''[[br]]
    169   {{{#!div style="float: left
    170 This section will show you information about various manufacturers of TitanNit capable hardware.
    171   }}}
    172   }}}
    173   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    174   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    175 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Community.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Community#point14 Community])]]
    176   }}}
    177   '''[wiki:Community#point14 Community]'''[[br]]
    178   {{{#!div style="float: left
    179 This section details information on how to get support for titan.
    180   }}}
    181   }}}
    182 |----
    183   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    184   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    185 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Contact.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact])]]
    186   }}}
    187   '''[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact]'''[[br]]
    188    {{{#!div style="float: left
    189 This section has info on how to contact the TitanNit Team.
    190   }}}
    191   }}}
    192   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    193   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    194 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Translation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation])]]
    195   }}}
    196   '''[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation]'''[[br]]
    197   {{{#!div style="float: left
    198 This section is for wiki editors to place translation marks there.
    199   }}}
    200   }}}
    201   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    202   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    203 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Disclaimer.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer])]]
    204   }}}
    205   '''[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer]'''[[br]]
    206   {{{#!div style="float: left
    207 This section contains a legal disclaimer.
    208   }}}
    209   }}}
    210 |----
    211   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    212   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    213 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Testpage.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage])]]
    214   }}}
    215   '''[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage]'''[[br]]
    216    {{{#!div style="float: left
    217 This is a test page for testing wiki code
    218   }}}
    219   }}}
    220 
    221  }}}
    222 }}}
    223 ----
    224 '''Screenshots of the interface'''
    225 ----
    226 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    227 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Mainmenu.jpg, 250px)]]
    228 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Recordsand_EPG.jpg, 250px)]]
    229 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_Center.jpg, 250px)]]
    230 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_player.jpg, 250px)]]
    231 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Extentions.jpg, 250px)]]
    232 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/System.jpg, 250px)]]
    233 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Settings.jpg, 250px)]]
    234 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Information.jpg, 250px)]]
    235 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Standby_Poweroff.jpg, 250px)]]
    236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Playback-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/EPG-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    238 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    239 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Favourite-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    240 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Web_Control.jpg, 250px)]]
    241 [[br]]
    242 }}}

  • wiki/pages/ru/WikiStart

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    3 Добро пожаловать на проект TitanNit
    4 }}}
    5 ----
    6 
    7 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    8  [=#point0]'''Пожалуйста, выберите язык''' :
    9 
    10 ||= '''[wiki:de/Wiki#point0 Deutsch]''' =||= '''[wiki:en/Wiki#point0 English]''' =||= '''[wiki:fr/Wiki#point0 Français]''' =||= '''[wiki:gr/Wiki#point0 ελληνικός]''' =||= '''[wiki:it/Wiki#point0 Italiano]''' =||= '''[wiki:nl/Wiki#point0 Nederlands]''' =||= '''[wiki:pl/Wiki#point0 Polski]''' =||= '''[wiki:ru/Wiki#point0 Русский]''' =||= '''[wiki:vn/Wiki#point0 Vietnam]''' =||
    11 ||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/de.png,link=wiki:de/Wiki#point0)]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/en.png,link=wiki:en/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/fr.png,link=wiki:fr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/GR/gr.png,link=wiki:gr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/it.png,link=wiki:it/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/nl.png,link=wiki:nl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/PL/pl.png,link=wiki:pl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/ru.png,link=wiki:ru/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/vn.png,link=wiki:vn/Wiki#point0))]] =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 [[br]]
    14 }}}
    15 
    16 
    17 
    18 ''' [wiki:TitleIndex#point Title Index] '''[[br]]
    19 '''[wiki:Wiki-Help-Contents#point0 Wiki Help Contents]'''

  • wiki/pages/ru/prozesslist

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.8 Prozesslist''' [=#point3.7.8.6.8] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/prozesslist.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed Process info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/AV-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can setup your audio and visual settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.||
    14  ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.||
    15  ||'''Auto Resolution:'''  ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    16  ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.||
    17  ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.||
    18  ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.||
    19  ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.||
    20  ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.||
    21  ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.||
    22  ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.||
    23  ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.||
    24  ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.||
    25  ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.||
    26  ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.||
    27  ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.||
    28  ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  watching tv or using the default media player.||
    29  ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  using a third party media player.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 
    34 
    35 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/About

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''About''' [=#point3.70.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point103.70 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/about.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 > here you fiew information about the installed titan image.
    9 
    10 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Adaptor-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 >----
    4 >'''3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Adaptor-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your Eithernet Interface.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the settings menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This will bring up the edit interface dialogue of the selected Eithernet interface.||
    19  ||'''Green Button: (Hostname)''' ||This will bring up the Hostname dialogue allowing you to edit the host name of the reciever.||

  • wiki/pages/vn/Adjust

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.6 Adjust''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can adjust various other settings of the decoder.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Volume Bar Timeout''' ||How long the Volume Bar should display after chang of the volume.||
    13  ||'''Infobar Sleep:''' ||timeperiod until the Infobar appears||
    14  ||'''Infobar Timeout:''' ||How long the Infobar should display after being displayed.||
    15  ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||what function should happen of a second press of the info key.||
    16  ||'''Virtualzap Timeout:''' ||???||
    17  ||'''Spinnerspeed:''' ||How fast the animated hourglass display should move.||
    18  ||'''SpinnerTime:''' ||??? ||
    19  ||'''Hangtime:''' ||How long to wait for something to happen before bringing up the crash display.||
    20  || '''Fastzap:''' ||Use fast channel switching.||
    21  ||'''Dont Clear TV on Zap (Only on Fastzap):'''|| keep the picture on the display during channel change but not during fast channel change. ||
    22  ||'''Faststop:''' ||???. ||
    23  ||'''Dir Sort:''' ||Select the mode for sorting directorys in file list displays. ||
    24  ||'''Power Action:''' ||Function to preform on operation of the power button (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By) ETC... ||
    25  ||'''Fast Text Renderer:''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. ||
    26  ||'''Record Split Size:''' ||Set the size of recording files and break apart if the recording excedes the selected size. ||
    27  ||'''Record Forerun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to pre record before the start of a timer recording. ||
    28  ||'''Record Overrun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to record after a timer recording has finished.||
    29  ||'''Set Action After Record:''' ||Set the function to preform after a recording or timer has finished.||
    30  ||'''Skip 1/3:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 1 and 3. ||
    31  ||'''Skip 4/6:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 4 and 6. ||
    32  ||'''Skip 7/9:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 7 and 9. ||
    33  ||'''Change Channelname Auto:''' ||Automatically change the channel name if it changes or new channels replace old ones. ||
    34  ||'''Show Time Line in Channel list:''' ||Show the time display in the channel list display. ||
    35  ||'''Animated Screens:''' ||Use anamated displays in the GUI. ||
    36  ||'''Animated Speed:''' ||Set the speed of the anamated displays in the GUI if anamated displaus is enabled. ||
    37  ||'''Channel List View:''' ||Should the channel list view be automatically hidden. ||
    38  ||'''Show Last Position Question:''' ||During the startup of a media file do you wish to be asked where should the play start from. ||
    39  ||'''Resync Recording Immediatly:''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly. ||
    40  ||'''Recording Name:''' ||Change the default format of the name of the recording. ||
    41  ||'''Newsletter:''' ||Show the news letter on startup. ||
    42  ||'''Show Hidden Files:''' ||Show files that are makked as hidden in file list displays. ||
    43  ||'''Expert Mode:''' ||Set expert mode to enable advanced functions. ||
    44  ||'''Show Infobar on Program Change:''' ||Show the infobar when the channel is displayed. ||
    45  ||'''Use Cross Control for Fast Zapping and Volume Control:''' ||Use the d-pad buttons for fastzap and volume control. ||
    46  ||'''Deactivate Cript Support on Media Playback:''' ||Disable CA and Smartcard decoding when playing back a media file. ||
    47  ||'''Deactivate Mini TV:''' ||Disable the mini TV picture when GUI elements are being displayed. ||
    48  ||'''Playback Buffer Size:''' ||set the size of the read ahead buffer during playback of media files for smooth playback. ||
    49  ||'''Time to Wait After Seek to Fill Buffer:''' ||Pausetime after seek to enable buffer to fill during playback to ensure smooth playback. ||
    50  ||'''Community User:''' ||Set the default username for username propmts. ||
    51  ||'''Community Pass:''' ||Set the default Password for password propmts. ||
    52 
    53  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    54  
    55 [[br]]
    56 ----
    57 
    58 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Architecture-Programming

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''5 Architecture - programming contents''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models.
    9 
    10 This section explains the architecture and programming information that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past.
    11 
    12 Please select an item below for more information.
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Architectures.png,align=left,link=[#point5.1])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''([#point5.1 Architectures])'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 Information on the various supported archetures supported by TitanNit
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Programming_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point5.2])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''([#point5.2 Programming language])'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 Information on the underlying programming of TitanNit.
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Source_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point5.3])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''([#point5.3 Source control])'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 Information on the source code and policies Of TitanNit.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/The_Dev_Team.png,align=left,link=[#point5.4])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''([#point5.4 The Dev Team])'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 Here you will find the[[BR]] members of the dev team.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53 }}}
    54 }}}
    55 
    56 ----
    57 '''5.1 Architecture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    58 ----
    59 '''SH4'''
    60 
    61 TitanNit was first established on the SH4 (Super-H) chipset for the atemio and kathrin receivers.
    62 
    63 The Super-H (SH4) chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC Superscaler chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using called instruction-level parallelism within a single core.
    64 
    65 Originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast.
    66 it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance, it has found use in many low power embedded devices.
    67 
    68 Titannit SH4 is a linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]).
    69 
    70 The SH4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output due to inclusion of a high class floating point math unit and high speed bus which is the key components used for drawing graphics, the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction it has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
    71 
    72 TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support.
    73 
    74 
    75 
    76 '''Mips'''
    77 
    78 After the sucess with TitanNit on the SH4 chipset the developers then started development on the Mips chipset for use with the newly introduced Atemio 5000 series receivers.
    79 
    80 The Mips chipset (Microprocessor without Interlocked Pipeline Stages) is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using deep instruction piplines combined with single cycle instruction processing.
    81 
    82 Originally developed for the embedded market it has found use in consumer products gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Nintendo 64 and three Sony Playstation products.
    83 
    84 The chipset has prooved popular in the STB market because of the inclusion in the Dreambox Recievers that has spawned clone and copy cat receivers, but it has a draw back that it lacks finness in the picture quality department over the SH4 based receivers as explained above, it has the advantage that it has a larger user base and therfore more plugins are available currently than the sh4 chipset based recievers.
    85 
    86 Titannit Mips is a linux based and is based on the open source project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance].
    87 
    88 The Mips chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of open source nature of the dbox based firmwares since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
    89 
    90 
    91 
    92 '''Future Architectures'''
    93 
    94 There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures in the future such as the ARM architecture or PPC.
    95 Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers who support the TitanNit project.
    96 
    97 [[br]]
    98 
    99 ----
    100 '''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    101 ----
    102 
    103 For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki]
    104 
    105 In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system.
    106 Python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easily programmable.
    107 This was done so that users can easily develop and manipulate the system and integrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a performance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system.
    108 
    109 The problem with this system has been that python has become so ingrained into the system and gui and often is now beyond the capibilities for the average user it was intended to used by not to mention it is a semi complicated language to learn to start with.
    110 
    111 TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the performance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts.
    112 
    113 [[br]]
    114 
    115 ----
    116 '''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    117 ----
    118 TitanNit is a semi closed source project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects.
    119 
    120  * The basic Linux Image used in the SH4 project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4]
    121  * The basic Linux Image used in the Mips project is the open source Project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance]
    122  * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source]
    123  * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3]
    124  * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/]
    125  
    126 
    127 [[br]]
    128 
    129 ----
    130 '''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers.
    133 development is important aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recognized.
    134 
    135 ''Note: currently this section is blank as I will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark''
    136 
    137 
    138 '''Founding DEV Team Members'''
    139 
    140  
    141 '''Dev Team Members'''
    142 
    143 
    144 '''Loyal Helpers'''
    145 
    146 
    147 '''Team Thanks'''
    148 
    149  We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio who helped to fund the TitanNit project and has showed interst in this project from its beginnings until now.
    150 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Atemio-Hotline

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view contact info from atemio.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Audio-Player

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can play music.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 ----
    14  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    20  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    21  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    22  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    23  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    24 
    25 ----
    26  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    27 
    28 [[br]]
    29 
    30  Audio:
    31  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    32  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    33  ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    34  ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||select the autostart Playlist.||
    35  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    36  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    37 
    38 
    39  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    40 
    41 
    42  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||opens the network menu screen||
    43  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Edit Mode||
    44  ||'''Yellow Button: (Screensaver)''' ||opens the screensaver menu||
    45 
    46 ----
    47 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Audio-Video-Sat

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Autostart_Settings-Audio-Video-Sat.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.||
    14  ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.||
    15  ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.||
    16  ||'''HighSR:''' ||??.||
    17  ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with swts option''' ||???.||
    18  ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with Camrouting option''' ||???.||
    19  
    20  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.

  • wiki/pages/vn/Auto-Start-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can change the startup settings.
    10 please select a menu item for more information
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Default-Autostart#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart])
    14  * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat])
    15  * ([wiki:USB-Device#point3.6.18.3 USB Device])
    16  * ([wiki:Autostart-Network#point3.6.18.4 Network])
    17  * ([wiki:Child-Safety#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety])
    18 
    19 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Autostart-Network

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3  === Autostart Settings ===
    4 '''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 
    8 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-network.jpg)]][[br]]
    9  
    10 Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. ||
    15  ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. ||
    16  ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. ||
    17  ||'''ntpdate:''' ||Alow update of the date server . ||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Blind-Scan-Settings

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Blind-Scan-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can proform a blind scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
    13  ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    14  ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    15  ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
    16  ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    17  ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    18  ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
    19  ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
    20  ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
    21  ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
    22 
    23  ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
    24    
    25  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    26 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Blue-Button

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/CPU

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/CPU.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Change-Feed

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
    10 
    11 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Channel-Edit

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can edit your channel data
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    15  ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
    16  ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
    17  ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
    18  ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    19  ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
    20  ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
    21  ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
    22  
    23  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.

  • wiki/pages/vn/Channel-Service

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/system-Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
    10 please select a menu item for more information
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
    14  * ([wiki:Automatic-Search#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
    15  * ([wiki:Manual-Search#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
    16  * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
    17  * ([wiki:Sat-Finder#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
    18  * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
    19  * ([wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List])
    20  * ([wiki:Create-Default-Favorites#point3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites])
    21 
    22 
    23 [[br]]
    24 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Child-Safety

    r40226 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Autostart_Settings-child_safety.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
    14  ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
    15  
    16  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Common-Interface

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/system-Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can set up your installed cam devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  Picture:
    14  ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
    15 
    16   To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]
    19 ----
    20 
    21  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    22 
    23  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
    24  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    25  
    26  ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
    27  ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
    28  ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
    29  ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
    30  ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
    31 
    32 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Community

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum.
    9 
    10 For help and support feel free to join us on our forum
    11 
    12 ||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
    13 ||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
    14 
    15 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Configure

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.3 Hard Disk Configure''' [=#point3.5.5.3]  ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Configure.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can configure your harddisk see below for more information.
    9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available configure options in this display.
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Use as recordings-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a recording medium.||
    15  ||'''Remove recordings-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a recording medium.||
    16  ||'''Use as plugins-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a plugins medium.||
    17  ||'''Remove extentions-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a extentions medium.||
    18  ||'''Use as swap-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a swap medium.||
    19  ||'''Remove swap-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a swap medium.||
    20  ||'''Use as backup-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a backup medium.||
    21  ||'''Remove backup-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a backup medium.||
    22 
    23 
    24 
    25  
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27  
    28 
    29 
    30 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Create-Default-Favorites

    r37567 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites[=#point3.5.1.8] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Create-Default-Favorites.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 By selecting this option it will setup the default german favourites lists.
    9 
    10 Please note that selecting this button will remove all the user pre programmed in favourites.
    11 
    12 in future it may be able to set up favourite lists from the satellites/ providers programed into the tuner.
    13 
    14    
    15  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    16 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Create-Transponder-List

    r37567 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List''' [=#point3.5.1.7] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Create-Transponder-List.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can automatically set up transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc or from a satellite xml generator, this will greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
    9 
    10 please note that these lists may be out dated and not contain a complete list of transponders for every service.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Create Transponder (Sat) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available satellites services. ||
    15  ||'''Create Transponder (Cable) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available cable services. ||
    16  ||'''Create Transponder (Terrestrial) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available Terrestrial services. ||
    17  ||'''Create Transponder (All) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available services. ||
    18 
    19 Please note that selecting one of the above options will remove all the transponders from the current channel data and may remove any custom satellite configs and tuner settings.
    20 
    21 in future it may merge the current programmed in user assigned transponders.
    22 
    23 A rescan will need to be preformed after preforming an option be sure to make a backup before proforming this action to be safe.
    24  
    25    
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27 

  • wiki/pages/vn/Default-Autostart

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-default_Autostart.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the startup settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
    14  ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
    15  ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    16  ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from this Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  

  • wiki/pages/vn/Development

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 === Plugins Building ===
    7 
    8 '''Preparation'''
    9 
    10 In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins.
    11 I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins.
    12 
    13 With a fresh clone of the git
    14 
    15 {{{
    16 make yaud-enigma2-nightly
    17 }}}
    18 
    19 after it completes, then
    20 
    21 {{{
    22 make titanium-plugins
    23 }}}
    24 
    25 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/Disclaimer

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
    7 The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
    8  
    9 TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
    10  
    11 This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
    12  
    13 None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
    14 
    15 AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
    16 
    17 
    18  
    19 '''No contract, limited license'''
    20  
    21 
    22 Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
    23 
    24  
    25 
    26 '''Trademarks'''
    27 
    28  
    29 Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
    30 the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
    31  
    32 
    33 '''Information and Content'''
    34 
    35  
    36 Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
    37 
    38  
    39 '''Final Remarks'''
    40 
    41  
    42 Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
    43  

  • wiki/pages/vn/EPG-Search

    r38413 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    13 
    14  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu.
    15  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    16  
    17  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    18  ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    19  ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21  ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    22 
    23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.

  • wiki/pages/vn/EPG-Settings

    r38413 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can change your epg settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  
    14  ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
    15  ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
    16  ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    17  ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
    18  ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
    19  ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
    20  ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
    21  ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
    22  ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
    23  ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
    24  ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
    25  ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
    26  ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
    27  ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    28  ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    29  ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 [[br]]
    34 ----
    35 
    36  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    37 
    38  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    39  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    40  
    41  ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
    42  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    43  ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
    44  ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
    45 

  • wiki/pages/vn/EPG-Short-View

    r38413 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time.
    11 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/External-Software

    r38413 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 External Software is a collection of tools to supplement TitanNit.
    7 
    8 This is a list of applications that can be use with or for to manipulate or control your Receiver.
    9 [[br]]
    10 Below is a list of external applications please select a link below for more information.
    11 
    12 
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiMote.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 Timote is an andriod application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiView.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 TiView is an PC application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/SatChannelListEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 SatChannelListEditor is an PC application for manipulation of your TitanNit channel data.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/E2WebIFAPI.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 E2WebIfAPI is an console application to support the dreambox xml web interface commands.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 TitanEditor is an PC application for manipulation of dreambox channel data to work on of your TitanNit Receiver.
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanNitLanguageEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 TitanLanguageEditor is an PC application for editing GUI language translations.
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71 }}}
    72 }}}

  • wiki/pages/vn/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI

    r38413 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 
    5 == Introduction ==
    6 Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox .
    7 It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests.
    8 
    9 Typical control tasks are :
    10 
    11 * Programming (timer) and playing back recordings
    12 * Live streaming (TV and radio)
    13 * EPG functions (display, search)
    14 * Remote control (Remote Control)
    15 
    16 You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
    17 
    18 == Motivation ==
    19 
    20 For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool?
    21 
    22 But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform.
    23 
    24 On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App?
    25 
    26 == The solution ==
    27 TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client.
    28 
    29 This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software.
    30 
    31 
    32 == Requirements ==
    33 
    34 * The Web server must be enabled on the receiver
    35 * The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver
    36 
    37 == IOS Apps ==
    38 
    39 The following apps are installed on my iPad2:
    40 * dreaMote
    41 * DreaMote Lite
    42 * e2RemoteHD
    43 * Dreambox Live
    44 
    45 Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite .
    46 
    47 In addition to the app you need a player.
    48 
    49 I have tried the following players, which work well for me:
    50 * Good Player
    51 * BUZZ Player
    52 * OPlayerHD Lite
    53 * VLC Player
    54 
    55 VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free.
    56 
    57 == XBMC ==
    58 
    59 If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+.
    60 XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox.
    61 
    62 == VLC ==
    63 Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed).
    64 
    65 You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel.
    66 
    67 How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file?
    68 
    69 Enter the address in your Web browser.
    70 
    71 Example (favourite is "Polish"):
    72 
    73 [http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
    74 
    75 Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20".
    76 
    77 Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10):
    78 
    79 [http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
    80 
    81 Client Configuration == ==
    82 Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly:
    83 * IP address of the receiver
    84 * Port: 8080
    85 * Streaming Port: 8001
    86 
    87 Please note that SSL is not supported.
    88 
    89 Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote.
    90 
    91 [[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]]
    92 
    93 == E2webserv.conf ==
    94 
    95 You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary.
    96 
    97 Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
    98 
    99 Here is the content:
    100 {{{
    101 # E2 web port
    102 port = 8080
    103 # E2 data port
    104 data port = 8001
    105 # Titan web port
    106 titanium- port = 80
    107 # Titan data port
    108 titan data port = 22222
    109 # Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
    110 titan host = 127.0.0.1
    111 # Automatic switching of channels
    112 # It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
    113 # If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located
    114 # On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver .
    115 Autozap = true
    116 # Log output file
    117 logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log
    118 # Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024).
    119 # When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created .
    120 # It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used.
    121 MaxLogSize = 10
    122 # Thread pool size (1 through 8)
    123 threadpool = 2
    124 # Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
    125 # You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered .
    126 # But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
    127 # Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer .
    128 titanDir = /mnt/settings
    129 }}}
    130 
    131 == Links ==
    132 
    133 * Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum]
    134 * Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
    135 [[br]]
    136 [[br]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]]
    5 possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete.
    6 
    7 == Requirements ==
    8 SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]]
    9 Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required.
    10 
    11 ( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] )
    12 
    13 == Windows ==
    14 * In  Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]]
    15 (3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0)
    16 * For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]]
    17 in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately.
    18 * In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]]
    19 only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE
    20 == Linux ==
    21 In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) .
    22 [[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * "
    23 [[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ".
    24 
    25 == Mac OS ==
    26 In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE.
    27 
    28 == The first startup ==
    29 After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]]
    30 model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]]
    31 Receiver model to suite your receiver.
    32 
    33 Select the receiver and its System you like to manage.
    34 
    35 == Setting the receiver model and type of operating system ==
    36 Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" :
    37 
    38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/3.png)]]
    39 
    40 Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to:
    41 
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/4.png)]]
    43 
    44 After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]]
    45 you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]]
    46 The other settings on this page should not be changed.
    47 
    48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/5.png)]]
    49 
    50 == Download and upload the channel list ==
    51 
    52 After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]]
    53 list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload).
    54 [[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu:
    55 
    56 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/6.png)]]
    57 
    58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/7.png)]]
    59 
    60 When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]]
    61 the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer.
    62 
    63 == Edit the channel list ==
    64 
    65 == Favourites ==
    66 
    67 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
    68 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
    69 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
    70 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
    71 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
    72 
    73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/8.png)]]
    74 
    75 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
    76 
    77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/9.png)]]
    78 
    79 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
    80 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
    81 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
    82 
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/10.png)]]
    84 
    85 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
    86 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
    87 
    88 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/11.png)]]
    89 
    90 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
    91 obtains further channel numbers:
    92 
    93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/12.png)]]
    94 
    95 === EPG favourite "EPG scan " ===
    96 
    97 For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]]
    98 Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]]
    99 will have their epg automatically scaned.
    100 
    101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/13.png)]]
    102 
    103 === Satellite ===
    104 Creating and Editing Satellite entrys
    105 Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]]
    106 drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    107 Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing.
    108 
    109 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/14.png)]]
    110 
    111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/15.png)]]
    112 
    113 === Creating and Editing Transponders ===
    114 
    115 Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    116 is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    117 Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing.
    118 
    119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/16.png)]]
    120 
    121 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/17.png)]]
    122 
    123 === Creating and Editing Channels ===
    124 Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    125 is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    126 Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing.
    127 
    128 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/18.png)]]
    129 
    130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/19.png)]]
    131 
    132 === Using receiver profiles ===
    133 
    134 If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]]
    135 Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles":
    136 
    137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/20.png)]]
    138 
    139 Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]]
    140 The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab.
    141 [[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]]
    142 enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]]
    143 enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again.
    144 
    145 When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]]
    146 discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile.
    147 
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/SCLE/21.png)]]

  • wiki/pages/vn/External-Software-TiMote

    r37662 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
    9 Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported.
    10 please note that screen shots were taken from TiMote version xxx future versions of TiMote could make these screenshots invalid.
    11 
    12 Features:
    13 - Bouquets / Favorites
    14 - Show EPG
    15 - EPG search (*)
    16 - Show the current station
    17 - View recordings, stream and delete (*)
    18 - Create, edit and delete timer
    19 - Satfinder (*)
    20 - Power Control
    21 - Virtual Remote
    22 - News
    23 (*) Only Titannit/E2
    24 
    25 To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed.
    26 If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can
    27 thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer.
    28 Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage!
    29 appear
    30 
    31 [[br]]
    32 
    33 [[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
    34 [[br]]
    35 [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
    36 
    37 [[br]]
    38 When you open up Timote You are presented with the main interface along the top of the display the radio buttons are used as the menu of Timote [[br]]
    39 See below for more information.
    40 
    41 '''Main''' [[br]]
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/TiMote/Main.png)]]
    43 
    44 Main contains a list of the main functions of timote:
    45 
    46 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-TV#point0 TV]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of Boquets on the reciever).||
    47 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-On-air#point0 On-air]) ''' ||This will Bring up the information of the TV channel currently displaying on the Reciever||
    48 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Movies#point0 Movies]) ''' ||This will bring up the Movielist's stored on the reciever).||
    49 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Timer#point0 Timer]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of the current timer recordings on the reciever).||
    50 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-EPG-Search#point0 EPG-Search]) ''' ||This will bring up a a search page to search the EPG for a specific keyword).||
    51 
    52 [[br]]
    53 
    54 '''Misc''' [[br]]
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/TiMote/Misc.png)]]
    56 
    57 Misc contains a list of other functions of TiMote:
    58 
    59 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Signal-Finder#point0 Signal-Finder]) ''' ||This will bring up the signal info's of the current displayed channel.||
    60 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Screenshot#point9.1.1 Screenshot]) ''' ||This will take a screen shot of the TV Display||
    61 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Remote#point9.1.2 Remote]) ''' ||This will bring up the on screen remote).||
    62 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Message#point9.1.3 Message]) ''' ||This can be used to send messages to the TV display).||
    63 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-Menu#point9.1.4 Power Menu]) ''' ||This will bring up the power control menu
    64 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-RGui#point9.1.5 RGui]) ''' ||This will start the RGui engine||
    65 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-LCD-Mode#point9.1.6 LCD Mode]) ''' ||???||
    66 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-About#point09.1.7 Power About]) ''' ||This will bring up information on the developers of TiMote).||
    67 
    68 '''Profiles''' [[br]]
    69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/TiMote/Profile.png)]]
    70 
    71 Profiles is a list of receiver profiles with the ability to select and control multiple receivers.
    72 you may create a new profile using the add button at the top of the display.
    73 
    74 
    75 ----
    76 Temp data to move to Individual pages
    77 
    78 
    79 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/TiMote/Stream.png)]]
    80 
    81 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/TiMote/Boquet.png)]]
    82 
    83 
    84 

  • wiki/pages/vn/External-Software-TitanEditor

    r37567 r40538  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]]
    5 on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format.
    6 
    7 This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]]
    8 converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit.
    9  
    10 - convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels)
    11  - edit/delete and add Titan channels
    12  - convert E2 picons to Titan picons
    13  - manage bouquets
    14 
    15 The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
    16 
    17  
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.